Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Monier-Williams Search
199 results for go t
abhiprayā(Imper. 2. plural -yāth/ana-) to come towards, approach ; to set out, march off, go to battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisamprayā(ind.p. -yāya-) to go towards (varia lectio abhi-vārayitvā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisisārayiṣumfn. intending to go to a rendezvous or to visit (a lover) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisṛ(3. plural imperfect tense -asaran-, perf. -sasrur-) to flow towards (accusative) ; to approach, go towards, advance in order to meet, attack etc. ; to go to a rendezvous (said of lovers) : Causal to lead towards ; to cause to attack, lead to battle (varia lectio) ; to invite to a rendezvous ; to approach, visit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivraj(p. -vr/ajat-) to go up to (accusative) ; (ind.p. -vrajya-) to pass through , to go to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivṛtto go towards, approach etc. ; to attack ; (ind.p. -v/ṛtya-) ; to be victorious (perf. -vāvṛt/e-) ; to turn up, arise etc. ; to take place, happen, exist etc.: Causal P. (Aorist -avīvṛtat-) to conquer ; "to render victorious in", place over (dative case) ; to drive over (with a cart) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudavaso -syati-, to set out or go towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupāvṛt -up/ā-vartate- (also P. Aorist subjunctive 1. and 3. sg. -up/ā-vṛtam-, -up/ā-vṛtat-) to turn one's self or go towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupayāto approach, go towards (accusative or dative case) ; (with śamam-) to enter the state of rest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupe( i-), -upaiti- (3. plural -/upayanti-) to go near, approach, arrive at, enter etc. ; (with apaḥ-) to bathe ; to approach (in copulation) ; to go to meet any one (accusative) ; to enter a state or condition, obtain, share (Ved. infinitive mood -upaitos-) etc. ; to admit as an argument or a position (perf. p. genitive case plural -upeyuṣām-) commentator or commentary on and on ; to select as (accusative) ; to agree with, approve of (See abhy-upeta-): Passive voice -upeyate- to be approved of, admitted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchācarto attain, go towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchāgam to attain, go towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchāi to attain, go towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchānakṣto go towards, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acchāvañc Passive voice -vacy/ate-, to extend itself towards, to go towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
am amati-, to go ; to go to or towards ; to serve or honour ; to sound ; (Imper. A1.2. sg. amīṣva-; Aorist āmīt-; see abhy-am-) to fix, render firm ; (perf. p. accusative sg. emuṣ/am-for emiv/āṃsam-) to be pernicious or dangerous : Causal ām/ayati- (imperfect tense /āmayat-; Aorist subjunctive āmamat-) to be afflicted or sick (see /an-āmayat-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmram. the mango tree, Mangifera Indica etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmran. the fruit of the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmrimanm. the state of being a mango tree (?) , (gaṇa- dṛḍhādi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmrinmfn. containing mango trees. commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anukramto go on, go after, follow ; to go through in order, enumerate, supply with an abstract or index.
anusamprayāto go towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusaṃyāto go up and down (as guards) ; to go to or towards. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāto go towards or after, follow ; to imitate, equal. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvāsthāto go towards, to meet, attain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpratī( ā-prati-i-) P. (imperative 2. plural -/etana- ) to go towards any one to meet him. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthamn. affair, concern (Ved. often accusative /artham- with i-,or gam-, to go to one's business, take up one's work etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsadP. -sīdati- (Ved. also -sadati-; infinitive mood -s/adam-and -s/ade- ; perfect tense -sasāda-; future -satsyati-) A1. (Ved. Aorist 1. sg. -satsi-and 3. sg. -sādi-) to sit, sit down, sit near ; to preside over ; to lie in wait for ; to go to, go towards, approach ; to meet with, reach, find ; to encounter, attack ; to commence, undertake etc.: Causal -sādayati-, to cause to sit down ; to set down, put down, place etc. ; to cause, effect ; to approach, meet with, find, reach, obtain
astam. astam-i-, astaṃ-gam- (also Causal See astaṃ-gamita-below) , or prāp- ([ ]), to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish, perish, die etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsthāP. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, -te-, to stand or remain on or by ; to ascend, mount ; to stay near, go towards, resort to etc. ; to act according to, follow ; to undertake, perform, do, carry out, practise, use etc. ; to side or take part with, be of the opinion of ; to maintain, affirm ; to acknowledge ; to take care for, have regard for etc.: Causal -sthāpayati-, to cause to ascend ; to cause to stay or stop ; to arrest, stop ; to fix into, put into ; to hurt ; to constipate ; to strengthen ; to introduce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avagā(Aorist subjunctive -gat-) to pass away, be wanting , (Aorist 2. sg. -g/ās-,3. sg. avāgāt-) to go to, join with (instrumental case) ; (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ave( i-), -eti- (imperfect tense -ayat-; Potential 1. sg. iyām-; pr. p. f. avā-yati- ) to go down, go down to (accusative), go to ; (Imper. 3. plural A1. āyantām-) to rush down (see āvai-) ; (Imper. /avaitu-) to go away ; to look upon, consider ; to perceive, conceive, understand, learn, know etc. ; (with infinitive mood) : Intensive (plural -īmahe-) to beg pardon for, conciliate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛtP. (only perfect tense in , -vav/arta-) A1. -vartate- (Aorist 3. sg. vṛtsata- ; infinitive mood -v/ṛte- ) to turn or draw round or back or near ; to turn or go towards ; to turn round or back, return, revolve etc.: Causal P. -vartayati- (Ved. subjunctive -vav/artati- Potential -vavṛtyāt-,etc.) A1. -vartayate- (Ved. Potential -vavṛtīta-,etc.) to cause to turn, roll ; to draw or turn towards ; to lead near or towards ; to bring back ; to turn round or back etc. ; to repeat, recite, say repeatedly ; to pray etc.: Intensive -varīvartti- , to move quickly or repeatedly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālacūtam. a young mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛṅgābhīṣṭam. "liked by bees", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakratalāmram. a kind of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūtam. the mango tree etc. (see kapi--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūtakam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāḍ cl.1 A1. drāḍate-, to split, divide ; to go to pieces (see dhrāḍ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eṣṭif. (See above) seeking to go towards, wish, desire
cl.3 P. j/igāti- (; jagāti-, (varia lectio); subjunctive j/igāt-; imperative j/igātu-; Aorist agāt-;3. plural agan- ; subjunctive [1. sg. geṣam-See anu--and upa--],2. sg. g/ās-,3. sg. gāt-,2. plural gāt/a-,3. plural gur-;[ perf. jigāya-See ud--], perf. Potential jagāyāt-[ ] ; infinitive mood g/ātave- ;in Class. Sanskrit only the Aorist P. agāt-occurs, for A1.See adhi--; Aorist Passive voice agāyi-, agāsātām- on ; cl.2 P. g/āti- ; A1. gāte- ) to go, go towards, come, approach (with accusative or locative case) etc. ; to go after, pursue ; to fall to one's (dative case) share, be one's (accusative) due, ; to come into any state or condition (accusative), undergo, obtain etc. ; to go away (from ablative;to any place locative case) ; to come to an end ; to walk (on a path accusative or instrumental case) ; (jigāti-) to be born on : Desiderative jigīṣati-, to desire to go ; ([ confer, compare , ; Old German ga1m,ga1s,etc.; Gothic ga-tvo; English go.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gam Ved. cl.1 P. g/amati- (; subjunctive gamam-, g/amat-[ gamātas-, gamātha- ], gamāma-, gaman- ; Potential gam/ema- ; infinitive mood g/amadhyai- ) : cl.2 P. g/anti- (; imperative 3. sg. gantu-,[2. sg. gadhi-See ā--,or gahi-See adhi--, abhy-ā--, ā--, upā--],2. plural g/antā-or gantana- ; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /agan-[ ] , 1. plural /aganma-[ ; confer, compare ] , 3. plural /agman- ; subjunctive [or Aorist subjunctive confer, compare ]1. plural ganma-,3. plural gm/an- ; Potential 2. sg. gamyās- ; preceding 3. sg. gamy/ās- ; pr. p. gm/at-, ) : cl.3 P. jaganti- (; Potential jagamyām-, yāt- ; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. ajagan-,2. plural ajaganta-or tana- ) : Ved. and Class. cl.1 P. (also A1. etc.) , with substitution of gacch- ([= ]) for gam-, g/acchati- (confer, compare ; subjunctive cchāti- ;2. sg. gacchās-[ ] or gacchāsi-[ ];2. plural gacchāta- ;3. plural g/acchān- ; imperfect tense /agacchat-; Potential gacchet-; pr. p. g/acchat- etc.; Aorist agamat- ;for A1.with prepositions confer, compare future gamiṣyati- etc.; 1st future g/antā-[ ] etc.; perf. 1. sg. jagamā-[ ],3. sg. jagāma-,2. dual number jagmathur-,3. plural jagm/ur- etc.; parasmE-pada jaganv/as-[ etc.] or jagmivas- f. jagm/uṣī- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood g/antave-, g/antav/ai-;Class. infinitive mood gantum-:Ved. ind.p. gatvāya-, gatv/ī-;Class. ind.p. gatv/ā-[ etc.] , with prepositions -gamya-or -gatya- ) to go, move, go away, set out, come etc. ; to go to or towards, approach (with accusative or locative case or dative case [ ; confer, compare ] or prati-[ ]) etc. ; to go or pass (as time exempli gratia, 'for example' kāle gacchati-,time going on, in the course of time) ; to fall to the share of (accusative) etc. ; to go against with hostile intentions, attack ; to decease, die ; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (accusative) etc. ; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (exempli gratia, 'for example' mitratāṃ gacchati-,"he goes to friendship" id est he becomes friendly) etc. ; jānubhyām avanīṃ-gam-,"to go to the earth with the knees", kneel down ; dharaṇīṃ mūrdhnā-gam-,"to go to the earth with the head", make a bow ; m/anasā-gam-, to go with the mind, observe, perceive ; (without m/anasā-) to observe, understand, guess ; (especially Passive voice gamyate-,"to be understood or meant") and ; doṣeṇa- or doṣato-gam-, to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to a person (accusative) : Causal gamayati- (; imperative 2. sg. Ved. gamayā-or gāmaya-[ ] , 3. sg. gamayatāt- ; perf. gamay/āṃ cakāra- etc.) to cause to go ( ) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dative case ), bring to a place (accusative [ ] or locative case) etc. ; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become etc. ; to impart, grant ; to send away ; "to let go", not care about ; to excel ; to spend time etc. ; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain ; to convey an idea or meaning, denote ; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (accusative) to go by means of jigamiśati- another : Desiderative j/igamiṣati- ( jigāṃsate- ; imperfect tense ajigāṃsat- ) to wish to go, be going ; to strive to obtain ; to wish to bring (to light, prak/āśam-) : Intensive j/aṅganti- (), jaṅgamīti- or jaṅgamyate- ( ), to visit (parasmE-pada g/anigmat-) (imperfect tense aganīgan-) ; ([ confer, compare ; Gothic qvam; English come; Latin venioforgvemio.])
gamiṣṇumfn. intending to go to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhabandhum. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgākṣetran. "the sacred district of the gaṅgā-" id est the river Ganges and two krośa-s on either of the banks (all dying within such limits go to heaven whatever their crimes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gatif. procession, march, passage, procedure, progress, movement (exempli gratia, 'for example' astra-g-,the going or flying of missile weapons ; parāṃ gatiṃ-gam-,"to go the last way", to die; daiva-g-,the course of fate ; kāvyasya g-,the progress or course of a poem ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
go g/aus- (accusative g/ām- instrumental case g/avā- dative case g/ave-, genitive case ablative g/os- locative case g/avi-; dual number g/āvā-[Ved.], g/āvau-; plural Nominal verb g/āvas- accusative g/ās-[rarely g/āvas- ] instrumental case g/obhis- dative case ablative g/obhyas-, genitive case g/avām-[once at the end of a pāda- ] and [in at the end of pāda-s only see ] g/onām- locative case g/oṣu-) m. an ox f. a cow, (plural) cattle, kine, herd of cattle etc. (in compound before vowels[ see ] gav-, gava-,qq. vv.; see also gavām-, gavi-, gāṃ- ss.vv.; gavāṃ vrata-Name of a sāman-; gavāṃ tīrtha-See go t-; g/oṣu-gam-,to set out for a battle [to conquer cows] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
i cl.2 P. /eti- (imperative 2. sg. ih/i-) and 1. P. A1. /ayati-, ayate- ([ confer, compare ay-]), (perfect tense iyāya-[2. sg. iy/atha- , and iy/etha- ] future eṣyati-; Aorist aiṣīt-; infinitive mood etum-, /etave- and , /etav/ai- /etos- ity/ai- ) to go, walk ; to flow ; to blow ; to advance, spread, get about ; to go to or towards (with accusative), come etc. ; to go away, escape, pass, retire ; to arise from, come from ; to return (in this sense only future) ; (with punar-) to come back again, return etc. ; to succeed ; to arrive at, reach, obtain etc. ; to fall into, come to ; to approach with prayers, gain by asking (confer, compare ita-) ; to undertake anything (with accusative) ; to be employed in, go on with, continue in any condition or relation (with a participle or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' asura-rakṣasāni mṛdyamānāni yanti-,"the asura-s and Rakshases are being continually crushed" ; gavāmayaneneyuḥ-,"they, were engaged in the [festival called] gavāmayana-" ) ; to appear, be : Intensive A1. /īyate- (; parasmE-pada iyān/a- ; infinitive mood iy/adhyai- ) to go quickly or repeatedly ; to come, wander, run, spread, get about ; to appear, make one's appearance ; to approach any one with requests (with two accusative), ask, request : Passive voice /īyate-, to be asked or requested : Causal āyayati-, to cause to go or escape ; ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin e-o,i1-mus,i-ter,etc.; Lithuanian ei-mi4,"I go"; Slavonic or Slavonian i-du7,"I go",i-ti,"to go"; Gothic i-ddja,"I went."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṅg cl.1 P., Epic A1. iṅgati-, -te- () , to go, go to or towards ; to move or agitate : Causal P. iṅgayati-, to move, agitate, shake ; (in grammar) to divide or separate the members of a compound word, use a word or bring it into such a grammatical relation that it is considered iṅgya- See below ; ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish ing,"a stir, a move."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṭ cl.1 P. eṭati-, eṭitum- () , to go ; to go to or towards ; (parasmE-pada iṭ/at- ) to make haste ; to err ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyakṣ (anomalous Desiderative of yaj-) P. /iyakṣati- (subjunctive 3. plural /iyakṣān- ; parasmE-pada /iyakṣat-) A1. (parasmE-pada /iyakṣamāṇa- ) to go towards, approach ; to request, endeavour to gain ; to long for, seek View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmam. a species of mango tree (equals mahā-rāja-cūta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāṅgam. the mango tree, Magnifera indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmaphalam. a species of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmasakham. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmaśaram. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmavallabham. a species of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāyudham. a species of the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmeṣṭam. "desired by kāma-", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapitthaphalam. a species of Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśavāyudham. " kṛṣṇa-'s weapon", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokilāvāsam. "abode of the Koil", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośinm. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kram cl.1 P. A1. kr/āmati- (; Epic also kramati-), kramate- ( , Epic also krāmate-;according to cl.4 P. krāmyati-[ kramyati- ]; Aorist akramīt- etc.; A1. kr/amiṣṭa-, kraṃsate-[ ] , 3. plural c/akramanta-[ ]; perf. cakrāma-,or cakrame-; parasmE-pada cakramāṇ/a- ; future kramiṣyati-or kraṃsyate- ind.p. krāntvā-, krantvā-,or kramitvā- ), to step, walk, go, go towards, approach (with /accha-, /adhi- accusative or locative case) etc. ; to approach in order to ask for assistance (with locative case) ; to go across, go over etc. ; Ved. to climb (as on a tree's branch) ; to cover (in copulation) ; to stretch over, project over, tower above, (ind.p. krāntvā-) ; to take possession of ; A1. to undertake, strive after, make effort for (dative case) ; (locative case) ; A1. () to proceed well, advance, make progress, gain a footing, succeed, have effect ; to be appliable or practicable ; P. to be liable to the peculiar arrangement of a Vedic text called krama- (id est to be doubled, as a letter or word) ; A1. to read according to the krama- arrangement of a Vedic text (a-krānta-): Causal P. kramayati-, to cause to step ; kramayati- or krām-, to make liable to the peculiar arrangement called krama- (id est to double a letter or word) etc.: Intensive caṅkramyate- ( ; parasmE-pada caṅ-kramy/amāṇa-[ ]or kramam- and ) or caṅkramīti- (; imperfect tense 2. plural caṅkramata- ; future parasmE-pada caṅkramiṣy/at- ; ind.p. mitvā- ; see mit/a-), to step to and fro, walk or wander about. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kruñc () cl.1 P. kruñcati-,"to curve or make crooked"or"to be crooked, move crookedly" ; "to become small, shrink", or"to make small, lessen" ; to go towards, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayam. end, termination (exempli gratia, 'for example' nidrā-kṣ-,the end of sleep ; dina-kṣaye-,at the end of day ; jīvita-kṣaye-,at the end of life ; āyuṣaḥ kṣ- idem or 'm. removal ' ; kṣayaṃ- gam-, -, i-,or upai-,to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an end, perish ; kṣayaṃ-,to destroy ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣip cl.6 P. kṣip/ati- A1. kṣipate- ( etc.; cl.4 P. kṣipyati-,only ; subjunctive kṣip/at-; perf. cikṣepa- etc.; Epic also cikṣipe-; future 2nd kṣepsyati- etc.; Epic also te-; infinitive mood kṣeptum-; confer, compare ), to throw, cast, send, despatch (Passive voice pr. p. kṣipyat-, ) etc. ; to move hastily (the arms or legs) ; to throw a glance (as the eye) ; to strike or hit (with a weapon) ; to put or place anything on or in (locative case), pour on, scatter, fix or attach to (locative case) etc. ; to direct (the thoughts) upon (locative case) ; to throw away, cast away, get rid of ; to lay (the blame) on (locative case) ; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse etc. ; "to disdain" id est to excel, beat, outvie ; to strike down, ruin, destroy ; (A1."to destroy one another, go to ruin" Potential 3. plural kṣiperan- ) ; to pass or while away (the time or night, kālam-, kṣapām-) ; to lose (time, kālam-; confer, compare kālakṣepa-) ; to skip or pass over (a day, dinam-.) ; (in mathematics) to add : Causal P. kṣepayati-, to cause to cast or throw into (antar-) ; to throw into ; to cause to descend into (locative case) ; to pass or while away (the night, kṣapām-) ; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. cikṣipas-) to hurt, injure (confer, compare subjunctive kṣepayat- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 2. kṣi-); ([ confer, compare Latin sipo,dissipo,forxipo.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīśam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhudrumam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhudūtam. "messenger of spring", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhūlīf. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvāmram. a kind of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvāvāsam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagandham. "having a middling scent (?)", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahācūtam. a species of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākālam. the mango tree (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
majj cl.6 P. () majjati- (Ved. m/ajjati-, Epic also te-; perfect tense mamajja-[2. sg. mamajjitha-,or mamaṅktha-] ; Aorist [ -] majjīs- ; amānkṣīt- ; preceding majjtāt- ; future maṅkṣyati-, te- etc.; majjiṣyati- ; maṅktā- grammar; infinitive mood majjitum- ; maṅktum- grammar; ind.p. maṅktvā-or maktvā- ; m/ajjya- ), to sink (into), (accusative or locative case), go down, go to hell, perish, become ruined etc. ; to sink (in water), dive, plunge or throw one's self into (locative case), bathe, be submerged or drowned etc.: Causal majj/ayati- (Aorist amamajjat- grammar), to cause to sink, submerge, drown, overwhelm, destroy etc. ; to inundate ; to strike or plant into (locative case) : Desiderative mimaṅkṣati- or mimajjiṣati- grammar (confer, compare mimaṅkṣā-): Intensive māmajjyate-, māmaṅkti- [ confer, compare Latin mergere,and undermajjan.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mākandam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasotkam. eager to go to lake mānasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathālayam. "id.", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgam. (exceptionally also n.; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the track of a wild animal, any track, road, path, way to (locative case or compound) or through (compound), course (also of the wind and the stars) etc. (mārgaṃ--or yam-,with genitive case of Persian,to give up the way to, allow to pass; māgeṇa- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = by way of id est through, across or along;with -,to go the way of id est suffer the same fate as; mārgais- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',through; mārgāya-,with genitive case,in order to make way for any one; mārge-,by the wayside or on the way;with pra-cal-,to set out on one's way; nijamārgaṃ-gam-,to go one's way) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
modākhyam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṣālakam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muh cl.4 P. () m/uhyati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense mumoha- etc.; mumuhe- ; Aorist amuhat- ; future mohitā-, mogdhā-, moḍhā- grammar; mohiṣy/ati- ; mokṣyati- grammar; infinitive mood muh/e- ; ind.p. mohitvā-, muhiśvā-; mugdhvā-, mūḍhvā- grammar; -m/oham- grammar), to become stupefied or unconscious, be bewildered or perplexed, err, be mistaken, go astray etc., etc. ; to become confused, fail, miscarry (opp. to kḷp-) etc. etc.: Causal mohayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist, amūmuhat-; Passive voice, mohyate-), to stupefy, bewilder, confound, perplex, cause to err or fail etc. ; (A1.,with adhvānam-) to cause to go the wrong way : Desiderative mumohiṣati-, mumuhiṣati-, mumukṣati- grammar : Intensive momuhyate- (), momogdhi- and momoḍhi- (grammar), to be greatly bewildered or perplexed.
nāstitadaor nāstida- m. the mango tree. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
P. ny-eti- (3. plural ni-yanti-; parasmE-pada -yat-; imperfect tense ny-āyan- ind.p. tya-), to go into (see nyāya-), enter, come or fall into, incur (accusative) ; to undergo the nature of id est to be changed into (bhāvam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirṛ(Aorist -ārata- subjunctive -arāma- ; ind.p. -ṛtya- ), to go out or off, fall away from, be deprived of (ablative or genitive case) ; to separate, disjoin : Caus. -arpayati-, to cause to go to pieces or decay, to dissolve, destroy, ruin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpapriyam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavīf. accusative with gam-, - etc., to go the way of (see under artha-padavī-, ghana--, pavana--, mokṣa--, yauvana--, sādhu--, smaraṇa--, hāsya--; padam-dhā-or ni-dhā padavyām-[comp. or genitive case ],to tread in the footsteps of a person id est imitate or rival him) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palāladohadam. "longing for straw", the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāran. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent etc. (dūr/e pār/e-,at the farthest ends ; pāraṃ-gam-etc. with genitive case or locative case,to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science] etc.; pāraṃ--,to bring to a close, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parapuṣṭamahotsavam. "the cuckoo's great feast", a mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pare( parā-i-;for 1.See) P. paraiti- (imperative 2. 3. sg. p/arehi-, paraitu-; pr. p. parā-y/at-; ind.p. paretya-), to go or run away, go along, go towards (accusative) etc. ; to depart, die ; to reach, attain, partake of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripṝ Passive voice -pūryate-, to fill (intrans.), become completely full : Causal -pūrayati-, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely etc. ; to fulfil, accomplish, go through View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisṛpP. A1. -sarpati-, te- (ind.p. -s/arpam-), to move round about or to and fro, hover etc. ; to creep or crawl upon (See sṛpta-) ; to be near, approach, go to (accusative) : Causal See sarpita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalaśreṣṭham. "best of fruits", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalotpati(!) m. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pikabaudhum. "cuckoo's friend", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pikarāga m. "cuckoo's favourite", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pikavallabham. "cuckoo's favourite", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
potam. (hardly fr. -;but see ) a young animal or plant (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' mṛga-p-"a young deer", cūta-p-"a young mango tree") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhāvP. A1. -dhāvati-, te-, to run forwards, run forth, run away, set out, start etc. ; to rush upon ; to run or go to (accusative) etc. ; to pervade, permeate ; to become diffused, spread : Causal P. -dhāvayati-, to put to flight ; to drive away, drive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragamP. -gacchati- (Epic also A1. te-), to go forwards, set out, advance, proceed, go to, reach, attain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapluA1. -plavate-, to go to sea (samudram-), float or sail away : Causal -plāvayati-, to cause to float or sail away ; to wash or flood with water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvapP. -svapiti-, or pati- (Potential A1. -svapīta-or peta- ), to fall asleep, go to sleep, sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratī( prati-i-) P. praty-eti-, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) etc. ; to come back, return ; to resort or apply to ; to fall to a person's (dative case) lot or share ; to receive, accept ; (also Passive voice) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 accusative) etc. ; to trust, believe (with genitive case) : Passive voice pratīyate-, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result (parasmE-pada yamāna-,known, understood, implicit ) : Causal praty-āyayati- (Passive voice praty-āyyate-), to lead towards id est cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) ; to make clear, prove : Desiderative pratīṣiṣati-, to wish or try to understand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratigamP. -gacchati-, to go towards, go to meet etc. ; to go back, return, go home View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyāP. -yāti-, to come or go to (accusative,also with prati-) ; to go against (accusative) ; to go or come back, return to or into (accusative) etc. ; to comply with, oblige, please (accusative) ; to equal, be a match for (accusative) ; to be returned or requited : Causal -yāpayati-, to cause to return to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratṝP. A1. -tarati-, te- (Ved. also -tirati-, te-; infinitive mood -t/iram-), to go to sea, pass over, cross etc. ; to set out, start ; (A1.) to rise, thrive, prosper ; to raise, elevate, augment, increase, further, promote ; to extend, prolong (especially with /āyus-,"to promote long life"; A1."to live on, live longer") : Causal -tārayati- (Aorist prātītarat-), to extend, widen ; to prolong (life) ; to mislead, take in, deceive ; to lead astray, seduce, persuade to (dative case or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyṛCaus. -arpayati-, to cause to go towards, throw towards ; to fasten, fix, put on ; to render up, deliver back, restore, return ; to give again or anew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyudiP. -eti-, to ascend to (accusative) ; to rise and go towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyudyāP. -yāti-, to rise and go towards or against, go to meet (a friend or an enemy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyutthā( sthā-) P. -tiṣṭhati- to rise up before (accusative), rise to salute, go to meet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravrajP. -vrajati-, to go forth, proceed, depart from (ablative), set out for, go to (accusative locative case or dative case) etc. ; to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant etc. ; (with jaina-s) to become a monk : Causal -vrājayati- (wrong reading -vraj-), to send into exile, banish from (ablative) etc. ; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyāmbum. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cl.1.3.5.P. ṛcchati-, iyarti-, ṛṇoti-, and ṛṇvati- (only Vedic or Veda) ; āra-, ariṣyati-, ārat-, and ārṣīt-, to go, move, rise, tend upwards etc. ; to go towards, meet with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain etc. ; to fall to one's share, occur, befall (with accusative) etc. ; to advance towards a foe, attack, invade ; to hurt, offend ; to move, excite, erect, raise, (/iyarti v/ācam-,he raises his voice ; st/omān iyarmi-,I sing hymns ) : Causal arpayati-, to cause to move, throw, cast etc. ; to cast through, pierce ; to put in or upon, place, insert, fix into or upon, fasten etc. ; to place on, apply etc. ; to direct or turn towards etc. ; to deliver up, surrender, offer, reach over, present, give etc. ; to give back, restore etc.: Vedic or Veda Intensive alarti- ; (2. sg. alarṣi- ) ; to move or go towards with speed or zeal: Class. Intensive A1. arāryate- () , to wander about, haste towards ; ([ confer, compare Greek , , etc.: Zendir: Latin or-ior,re-mus,aro: Gothic argan: Anglo-Saxon a1r:Old High German ruo-dar,ar-an: Lithuanian ir-ti,"to row";ar-ti,"to plough."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasālam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saceṣṭam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahakāram. a kind of fragrant mango tree etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahakāratāf. the state of a mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahāram. (prob. a Prakrit form for saha-kāra-) a species of mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhī( -abhi-i-) P. -abhy-eti-, to go towards, come near, approach etc. ; to accrue to (accusative) ; to follow, attend, wait upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhigamP. -gacchati-, to go towards together, approach ; to go to, have sexual intercourse with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhisṛP. -sarati- (ind.p. -sṛtya-), to go towards, approach, advance, attack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhivṛtA1. -vartate-, to go towards, advance ; to attack, assail ; to come near, approach ; to turn back, return, recur ; to remain, continue (tūṣṇīm-,"silent") ; wrong reading for sam-ati-vṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhiyāP. -yāti-, to approach any one (accusative) together, go towards or near, advance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhigamP. -gacchati-, to go towards together, come quite near, approach ; to acquire. obtain etc. ; to go completely over, surpass ; to go over, study, read View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmanan. end (naṃ--,to go to an end, be destroyed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanviP. -eti-, to go together after, follow ; to infer or ensue as a consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāsthāP. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, te-, to mount, ascend ; to go to ; to stop, halt ; to enter upon, undergo, undertake (a march), assume (a form), seek (a maintenance), apply (assiduity) to (locative case) etc. ; to perform, accomplish : Causal -sthāpayati-, to cause to stop, make to halt ; to cause to be performed or practised
samatī( -ati-i-) P. -aty-eti-, to go or pass by entirely, go through or beyond, cross over etc. ; to surpass, excel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāyāP. -yāti-, to come together, meet etc. ; to come near, approach, come from (ablative) or to (accusative or locative case), go to or towards (accusative) ; to elapse, pass away ; to fall upon, get into any state or condition (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
same( -ā- 5 i-) P. -aiti- (pr. p. -eyāna- ), to come together, approach together, meet at or in (accusative or locative case) or with (instrumental case with or without samam-), go to or across, arrive at (accusative) etc. ; to unite with (instrumental case) in marriage ; to enter ; to emulate, cope with (accusative) ; (with yogam-) to lead or join together, form an alliance between (genitive case) and (instrumental case) (equals saṃ-gamayya-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgāP. -jigāti-, to come together ; to go to, approach (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgamA1. -gacchate- (rarely P. ti-,and according to to only with an object; perfect tense -jagme-;Vedic forms etc. -gamemahi-, -gamāmahai-, -ajagmiran-, -agata-[3. sg. ], -aganmahi-, -agasmahi-,or -agaṃsmahi-, -gmiṣīya-, -gasīṣṭa-or -gaṃsīṣṭa-, -gaṃsyate-etc.; see 1. gam-and ), to go or come together, come into contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instrumental case with and without saha-or rdham-) etc. ; to unite sexually with (accusative) ; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit ; to go to or towards, meet (accusative) ; to come together or assemble in (locative case) ; to undergo or get into any state or condition, become (exempli gratia, 'for example' with viśrambham-,"to become trustful, confide") ; (P.) to partake of (instrumental case) ; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die ; (P.) to visit (accusative) : Causal -gamayati- (ind.p. -gamayya-), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instrumental case of Persian and accusative of thing) etc. ; to lead any one to (two accusative) ; to deliver or hand over to (locative case), transfer, bestow, give ; to connect, construe (words) ; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill () : Desiderative -jigaṃsate-, to wish to meet with (instrumental case). ; -jigāṃsati-, to wish to attain to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samiddhāra(for -hāra-) mfn. fetching fire (Nominal verb with gam-,"to go to fetch fire") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samīpasahakāram. a mango tree standing near (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmukhyan. the state of being present face to face or in front (khyam ā-dhā- A1.,with genitive case = "to go to") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprapadA1. -padyate- (in some forms also P.), to go towards or enter together, approach, enter (accusative) ; to set out (on a journey accusative) ; to betake one's self or have recourse to (accusative) ; to succeed, be accomplished ; to become, be turned into (-sāt-) ; to set about, begin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprasthāA1. -tiṣṭhate-, to take up a position together (before the altar) ; to set out together, depart, proceed, advance, approach, go to (accusative or locative case) etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, to dispatch, send out to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratī( -prati-- 5 i-) P. -pratyeti-, to go towards, arrive at, come to a firm conviction, believe firmly in, trust in (genitive case) ; Passive voice -pratīyate-, to be meant or understood : Causal -pratyāyayati-, to cause to be meant or understood by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipadA1. -padyate-, to go towards together, go near to, approach, arrive at (accusative) ; to addict one's self to, indulge in (accusative) ; to attain to, obtain, recover ; to be fully agreed about, agree upon, assent to (accusative or locative case) ; to consider, regard as (two accusative) ; to come to pass, arise ; to bring about, perform, accomplish : Causal -pādayati-, to cause to come to or receive, bestow, grant, give over to (genitive case or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprayāP. yāti-, to proceed or set off together, to advance towards, go to (accusative with or without prati-) etc. ; to move, revolve (as the heavenly bodies) ; to go (together) to any state or condition (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsṛP. -sarati- (in. Calcutta edition also te-), to flow together with. (instrumental case) ; to go about, wander or walk or roam through etc. ; to walk or pass through (a succession of states), undergo transmigration, enter or pass into (accusative) etc. ; to be diffused or spread into (accusative) ; to come forth : Causal -sārayati-, to cause to pass through a succession of states or to undergo transmigration ; to introduce, push into (locative case) ; to put off, defer ; to use, employ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśriP. A1. -śrayati-, te- (Aorist -aśret- ), to join together with, furnish with (A1."to join one's self or connect one's self with") ; to join or attach one's self to, go for refuge or succour to, resort or betake one's self to, cling to for protection, seek the help of (accusative) etc. ; to approach, go to any one with (instrumental case) ; to approach for sexual union ; to rest or depend on (accusative), ; to obtain, acquire ; to serve View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsṛpP. A1. -sarpati-, te-, to creep along, glide into (accusative) ; to go together ; to move, glide along etc. ; to go to, approach (accusative) ; to go away, withdraw from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupagamP. -gacchati-, to go or proceed together towards, go or come near to (accusative), approach, have recourse to ; to go to any state or condition, undergo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupasadP. -sīdati- to go to, approach (accusative) ; to get at, obtain (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupasṛpP. -sarpati-, to go to (accusative), approach ; to attack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupasthāP. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, te-, to stand near (at any one's service) ; to lean on (accusative) ; to go to, approach (accusative) ; to occur, arise, befall : Causal sthāpayati-, to set up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupavṛtA1. -vartate-, to go together towards, proceed together ; to behave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupayāP. -yāti-, to go up to or approach (with accusative) ; to betake one's self to (accusative) ; to go to any state or condition (with accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupe( -upa-- 5 i-) -upaīti-, to come together, meet (as friends or foes) ; to have sexual intercourse ; to come near, approach, go to (accusative) ; to have recourse to, apply to, ; to attain, incur, partake of ; to occur, happen, appear ; to come upon, befall ; to be absorbed in
saṃvṛtA1. -vartate- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vavṛtv/as- q.v; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -v/ṛtas-; indeclinable -vartam-), to turn or go towards, approach near to, arrive at ; to go against, attack (accusative) ; to meet, encounter (as foes) ; to come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated ; (also with mithas-) to have sexual intercourse together ; to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (ablative) etc. ; to come round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time) ; etc. ; to begin, commence ; to be, exist etc. ; to become, grow, get (with Nominal verb) ; to be conducive to, serve for (dative case) : Causal vartayati-, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (literally and figuratively) etc. ; to turn towards or hither ; to clench (the fist) ; to wrap up, envelop ; to crumple up, crush, destroy ; to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute ; to fulfil, satisfy (a wish) ; to think of. find out (a remedy) : Desiderative -v/ivṛtsati-, to wish to have sexual intercourse with (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyāP. -yāti-, to go or proceed together, go, wander, travel etc. ; to come together, meet, encounter (as friends or foes), contend with (accusative) etc. ; to come to or into, attain (any state or condition exempli gratia, 'for example' ekatāṃ- saṃ--,"to go to oneness, become one") etc. ; to conform to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraṇan. refuge, protection, refuge with (śaraṇaṃ- gam-or -or i-etc., "to go to any one for protection, seek refuge with"[acc. or genitive case ]; often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śareṣṭam. "desired by arrow", the mango tree (the mango being one of the blossoms which tip the arrow's of kāma-deva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpadātithim. "having bees as guests", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayanan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a bed, couch, sleeping-place (accusative with bhaj-, ā-- ruh-, saṃ-viś-etc.,"to go to bed or to rest";with Causal of ā-ruh-,"to take to bed, have sexual intercourse with [acc.]"; śayanaṃ- śṛta-or ne sthita- mfn.gone to bed, being in bed) etc.
śayyāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a bed, couch, sofa (accusative with saṃ-viś-or adhi-ṣṭhā-[ sthā-],"to go to bed or to rest";with Causal of ā-ruh-,"to take [a woman] to bed, have sexual intercourse with"[acc.]; śayyāyām- ā-rūḍha- mfn."gone to bed, lying in bed") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīdhurasam. "having juice like spirituous liquor", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivavallabham. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślīpadaprabhavam. "source of elephantiasis", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtipatham. the road to (mere) memory (thaṃ--,"to go to the road of memory","live only in the memory of men") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛ (confer, compare sal-) cl.1.3. P. () s/arati- (Epic also te-and according to to also dhāvati-), and s/isarti- (the latter base only in veda-;3. dual number s/isratuḥ-,3. plural s/israte- ; parasmE-pada s/israt-[ q.v ] ; perfect tense sas/āra-, sasr/e- etc.;1. dual number sasriva- ; parasmE-pada sasṛv/as-, sasrāṇ/a-and sasṛmāṇ/a- ; Aorist asārṣīt- grammar; subjunctive sarṣat- ; preceding sriyāt- grammar; future sartā- ; sariṣy/ati- etc.; infinitive mood sartum- etc.; s/artave-, tav/ai- ; ind.p. sṛtv/ā- ; -s/ṛtya-, -s/āram- etc.), to run, flow, speed, glide, move, go (with uccakais-,"to spring up";with v/ājam-,or ājim-,"to run a race" id est"exert one's self") Calcutta edition etc. ; to blow (as wind) ; to run away, escape ; to run after, pursue (accusative) ; to go towards, betake one's self to (accusative or tatra-etc.) ; to go against, attack, assail ; to cross, traverse (accusative) ; (A1.) to begin to flow (said of the fluid which surrounds the fetus) : Passive voice sriyate- (Aorist asāri- ), to be gone etc., grammar : Causal sārayati- or cl.10 P. () to cause to run ; to set in motion, strike (a lute) ; to remove, push aside (a braid of hair) ; put in array, to arrange (with dyūtam-,"the men on a chess-board") ; to make visible, show, manifest ; to nourish, foster (genitive case) ; A1. sārayate- (for sar/ayate-See saraya-,), to cause one's self to be driven, drive (in a carriage) : pass. sāryate-, to be made to flow, discharge (excrement) : Desiderative sisīrṣati-, to wish to run (vājam-,"a race") : Intensive (confer, compare sarisrar/a-) s/arsṛte- (parasmE-pada s/arsrāṇa-See pra-sṛ-) or sarīṣarti-, to stride backwards and forwards ; to blow violently (as the wind) [ confer, compare Greek ,;, ; Latin salire.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastahastamfn. relaxing the grasp, letting go the hold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śri cl.1 P. A1. () śrayati-, te- (perfect tense śiśr/āya-, śiśriy/e-; Aorist /aśret-, āśriyan- ; aśrait- ; /aśiśriyat- etc.; aśrāyiṣṭa- grammar [Ved. forms belonging either to the perfect tense or Aorist type are also aśiśret-, śrema-, śrayuḥ-, śiśrīt/a-]; future śrayitā- grammar; śrayiṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood śrayitum- ; śrayitav/ai- ; ind.p. śrayitvā- etc., -śr/itya- etc.) P. to cause to lean or rest on, lay on or in, fix on, fasten to, direct or turn towards, (especially) spread or diffuse (light or radiance or beauty) over (locative case) ; (A1.or Passive voice,rarely P.) to lean on, rest on, recline against (accusative), cling to (locative case), be supported or fixed or depend on, abide in or on (accusative locative case or adverb) ; (A1. P.) to go to, approach, resort or have recourse to (for help or refuge) , tend towards (accusative) etc. ; (A1.) to go into, enter, fall to the lot or take possession of (accusative or locative case) ; (A1. P.) to attain, undergo, get into any state or condition (accusative) etc. ; to assume (with śrāvikā-tvam-,"to assume the form of a śrāvikā-", q.v) ; to show, betray (heroism) ; to honour, worship : Passive voice śrīyate- (Aorist /aśrāyi-: confer, compare above) etc. etc.: Causal śrāpayati- (in uc-chr-) ; śrāyayati- (Aorist aśiśrayat-;for aśiśriyat-See above) grammar : Desiderative śiśrayiṣati-, te- or śiśrīṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive śeśrīyate-, śeśrayīti-, śeśreti- [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin clino,clivus; Lithuanian szly4ti,szle14ti,szlai4tas; Gothic hlains;hlaiw; German hline7n,line7n,lehnen; Anglo-Saxon hlinian; English lean.]
sthūlāmram. the larger mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadanam. "greatly delighting", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraktakam. a kind of Mango tree, Mangifera Sylvatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surapuran. heaven (ram upa-gam-,"to go to heaven, die") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svargam. heaven, the abode of light and of the gods, heavenly bliss, (especially) indra-'s heaven or paradise (to which the souls of virtuous mortalsSee transferred until the time comes for their re-entering earthly bodies;this temporary heaven is the only heaven of orthodox Brahmanism;it is supposed to be situated on mount meru- q.v; accusative with -, ā-sthā-,or ā-pad-,"to go to heaven","die") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tay cl.1. yate- (perfect tense teye-), to go towards (accusative) or out of (ablative) ; (equals tāy-) to protect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacarP. -carati-, to go towards, come near, approach ; to come near, wait upon, serve, attend, assist, bear a hand etc. ; to approach, set about, undertake, perform ; to attend on (a patient), physic (a person), treat, tend, nurse ; to use figuratively or metaphorically, apply figuratively (generally Passive voice -caryate-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāgāP. -gāti-, to come near, go towards, rush upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadA1. -padyate-, (rarely P.) -ti-, to go towards or against, attack ; to approach, come to, arrive at, enter ; to approach or come to a teacher (as a pupil) ; to approach for succour or protection ; to approach or join with in speech ; to reach, obtain, partake of ; to enter into any state ; to take place, come forth, be produced, appear, occur, happen ; to be present, exist ; to be possible, be fit for or adequate to (with locative case) etc. ; to be regular or according to rules ; to become, be suitable etc.: Causal P. -pādayati-, to bring to any state (with two accusative) ; to cause anything (accusative) to arrive at (locative case or dative case), cause to come into the possession of, offer, present etc. ; to cause to come forth or exist ; to accomplish, effect, cause, produce etc. ; to get ready, prepare, make fit or adequate for, make conformable to ; to furnish or provide or endow with etc. ; to make anything out of ; to examine ; to find out, ascertain etc. ; to prove, justify commentator or commentary on etc. ; to attend on a patient, physic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapare( upa-parā-i-) P. -p/araiti-, to go towards, go near, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaprayāP. -yāti-, to go towards, approach ; to proceed towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upās( upa-ās-) A1. -āste-, to sit by the side of, sit near at hand (in order to honour or wait upon) etc. ; to wait upon, approach respectfully, serve, honour, revere, respect, acknowledge, do homage, worship, be devoted or attached to etc. ; to esteem or regard or consider as, take for ; to pay attention to, be intent upon or engaged in, perform, converse or have intercourse with etc. ; to sit near, be in waiting for, remain in expectation, expect, wait for ; to sit, occupy a place, abide in, reside ; to be present at, partake of (exempli gratia, 'for example' a sacrifice) ; to approach, go towards, draw near (exempli gratia, 'for example' an enemy's town) , arrive at, obtain ; to enter into any state, undergo, suffer ; to remain or continue in any action or situation (with present tense parasmE-pada or ind.p.) etc. ; to employ, use, make subservient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃkramP. A1. -krāmati-, -kramate-, to step or go to the other side (or other world etc.) etc.: Causal -kramayati-, to cause to go to the other side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasṛP. -sarati-, to go towards, step near, approach, visit & etc. ; to approach (sexually) ; to set about, undertake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśriP. -śrayati-, to lean (anything) against : A1. -śrayate- (p. of the perfect tense -śiśriyāṇ/a-) to lean against, support, prop ; to cling to, fit closely (as an ornament) ; to place one's self near to, go towards ; to accommodate one's self to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvasṛjP. -sṛjati- (Aorist -asrāk- ) to dismiss towards ; to reach over, give, bestow ; to let loose, shoot off ; to let go towards, admit (a calf to its mother) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvṛtA1. (rarely P.) -vartate-, -ti- (imperative 2. plural -vavṛdhvam-[for -vavṛddhvam-] ) to turn towards, go towards, approach, stand by the side of etc. ; to apply one's self to, approach for protection ; to fall to one's share ; to return, come back etc.: Causal P. -vartayati-, to cause to turn or go towards ; to lead near or back, bring back ; to draw back, divert, cause to desist from ; to cause to get breath (exempli gratia, 'for example' horses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upodiP. -eti-, to go towards, advance to meet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vañc (see 2. vak-) cl.1 P. () v/añcati- (grammar also perfect tense vavañca-; future vañc/ita- ciṣyati-; Aorist avañcīt-; preceding vacyāt-; infinitive mood vañc/itum-; ind.p. vañcitvā-, vacitvā-,or vaktvā-), to move to and fro, go crookedly, totter, stagger, waver ; to go, go to, arrive at (accusative) ; to go slyly or secretly, sneak along ; to pass over, wander over, go astray : Passive voice vacy/ate-, to move or rock to and fro, hurry along, speed ; to be moved (in the heart), be poured forth, issue forth (as hymns or prayers) : Causal vañcayati-, te- (Aorist avavañcat-), to move or go away from, avoid, shun, escape (mostly P.and with accusative) etc. ; to cause to go astray, deceive, cheat, defraud of (instrumental case or ablative;in these senses more properly A1.,but sometimes also P.; Passive voice vañcyate-) : Desiderative vivañciṣate- grammar : Intensive vanīvacyate-, vanīvañcīti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varanimantraṇan. a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to kāśī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantadūtam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
( vi-- 5 i-) P. vy-eti- (3. plural viyanti-; imperfect tense vy-ait-; perfect tense yāya-; infinitive mood vy-etum-;for vyayati-, vyayayati-See vyay-), to go apart or in different directions, diverge, be diffused or scattered or distributed or divided or extended etc. ; to be lost, perish, disappear etc. ; to go through, traverse : Intensive (or cl.4. A1.) yate-, to pass through, traverse
vijiA1. -jayate- (rarely ti-; see ), to conquer, win or acquire by conquest etc. ; to vanquish, defeat, subdue, overpower, master, control etc. ; to be victorious or superior etc. ; (often in respectful salutation exempli gratia, 'for example' vi-jayasva rājan-,"be victorious"or"hail to thee, O king!") to contend victoriously with (instrumental case) ; to excel in (instrumental case) ; to be about to conquer, go to victory : Causal (only Aorist vy-ajījayat-;but see vi-jāpayitṛ-) to conquer : Desiderative -jigīṣate- (rarely ti-), to strive for victory, wish to conquer or vanquish, attack, assail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśikhāntaran. the interior of a street (ram anu-car-,to go through a street; rāṇy ati-pat-,to traverse streets) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraj cl.1 P. () vr/ajati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense vavr/āja- etc.; Aorist avrājīt- ; future vrajitā- grammar; vrajiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood vrajitum- ; ind.p. vrajitvā-, -vr/ajya-, -vrājam- etc.), to go, walk, proceed, travel, wander, move (also applied to inanimate objects;with accusative or instrumental case of the road accusative of the distance, and accusative,rarely locative case or dative case,of the place or object gone to;with or scilicet padbhyām-,"to go on foot";with upānadbhyām- idem or ' wrong reading for vakṣas- ' literally"with shoes";with dhuryais-,"to travel by means of beasts of burden";with paramāṃgatim-,"to attain supreme bliss";with śaraṇam-and accusative,"to take refuge with";with mūrdhnā pādau-and genitive case,"to prostrate one's self at anyone's feet";with antam-and genitive case,"to come to the end of";with anyena-, anyatra-or anyatas-,"to go another way or elsewhere";with adhas-,either"to sink down [to hell]"or"to be digested [as food]";with punar-,"to return to life") etc. ; to go in order to, be going to (dative case infinitive mood or an adjective (cf. mfn.) ending in aka-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' bhojako vrajati-,"he is going to eat"]) ; to go to (a woman), have sexual intercourse with (accusative) ; to go against, attack (an enemy;also with vidviṣam-, dviṣato'bhimukham-, abhy-ari-etc.) ; to go away. depart from (ablative), go abroad, retire, withdraw, pass away (as time) etc. ; to undergo, go to any state or condition, obtain, attain to, become (especially with accusative of an abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' with vināśam-,"to go to destruction, become destroyed";with chattratām-,"to become a pupil";with nirvṛtim-,"to grow happy"[ see gam-, -etc.];with sukham-,"to feel well";with jīvan-,"to escape alive") : Causal or cl.10 P. () vrājayati-, to send, drive, ; to prepare, decorate : Desiderative vivrajiṣati- grammar : Intensive vāvrajate-, vāvrakti-, to go crookedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhavāhanam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyajP. -ajati-, to drive away (Passive voice vy-ajy/ate-) ; to go through or across, furrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapasaṃsṛ(only ind.p. -sṛtya-), to go through (a series of existences) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapāśriP. A1. -śrayati-, te-, to go to for refuge, have recourse to (accusative) ; to adhere to any doctrine, confess (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
(collateral form of5. i-) cl.2 P. () y/āti- (1. plural yāmahe- ; imperfect tense 3. plural ayuḥ- ; ayān- Scholiast or Commentator; perfect tense yay/au-, yay/ātha-, yay/a-, yay/uḥ- etc.; yaye- ; Aorist ayāsam-or ayāsiṣam-; subjunctive y/āsat-, yeṣam-, yāsiṣat- ; preceding yāsiṣīṣṭhās- ; future yātā- etc.; yāsyati- ; te- ; infinitive mood yātum- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood y/ai-, y/ātave-or v/ai-; ind.p. yātv/ā- ; -y/āya-, -yāyam- ), to go, proceed, move, walk, set out, march, advance, travel, journey (often with instrumental case or accusative of the way, especially with gatim-, mārgam-, adhvānam-, panthānam-, padavīm-, yātrām-) etc. ; to go away, withdraw, retire etc. ; (also with palāyya-) to flee, escape (with kṣemeṇa-or svasti-,to escape unscathed ) ; to go towards or against, go or come to, enter, approach, arrive at, reach etc. etc. (with accusative often followed by prati- exempli gratia, 'for example' with gṛham-,to enter a house;with ripum prati-,to march against the enemy;with mṛgayām-,to go out hunting;with śirasāmahīm-,to bow down to the ground with the head;with prakṛtim-,to return to one's natural state;with karṇau-,to come to the ears, be heard;with utsavād utsavam-,to go from one festival to another;with hastam- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to fall into the hands of;with patham-or gocaram- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to come within range of; especially with the accusative of an abstract noun = to go to any state or condition, become, be exempli gratia, 'for example' vināśaṃ yāti-,he goes to destruction id est he is destroyed; kāṭhinyaṃ yāti-,it becomes hard; dveṣyatāṃ yāti-,he becomes hated;similarly nidhanaṃ--,to die; nidrāṃ--,to fall asleep; udayaṃ--,to rise, said of stars etc.;sometimes also with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yāhi rājñah sakāśe-,go into the presence of the king ;or even with dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yayatuḥ sva-niveśāya-,both went home ; na cātmane kṛpaṇasya dhanaṃ yāti-,nor does the wealth of the miser go to [i.e. benefit] himself. ; phalebhyo yāti-,he goes to [fetch] fruits Scholiast or Commentator) ; to go to for any request, implore, solicit (with two accusative) ; (with striyam-) to go to a woman for sexual intercourse ; to go to for any purpose (infinitive mood) ; often with adverbs exempli gratia, 'for example' with bahir-, to go out ; with adho-, to go down, sink ; with khaṇḍaśo- or dalaśo-, to fall to pieces ; with śata-dhā-, to fall into a hundred pieces ; to extend to (accusative) ; to last for (accusative) ; to pass away, elapse (said of time) etc. ; to vanish, disappear (as wealth) ; to come to pass, prosper, succeed ; to proceed, behave, act ; to find out, discover ; to receive or learn (a science) from (ablative) ; to undertake, undergo (accusative) ; imperative yātu-, be it as it may : Passive voice yāyate-, to be gone or moved : Causal yāp/ayati- (Aorist ayīyapat-), to cause to depart, cause to go or march, dismiss ; to cause to go towards (accusative) (see yāpita-) ; to direct (the gaze) towards (locative case) (varia lectio pātayati-) ; to drive away remove, cure (a disease) ; to cause to pass or elapse, pass or spend (time) etc. ; to live (pāli- yāpeti-) ; to cause to subsist, support, maintain ; to induce : Desiderative yiyāsati-, to intend or be about to go, desire to proceed etc.: Intensive īyāyate- (?) , to move ; yāyayate-, yāyeti-, yāyāti- grammar
yathāgṛhamind. according to houses (yānti yathā-g-,they go to their respective homes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
164 results
akrūra अक्रूर a. [न. त.] Not cruel. -रः N. of a Yādava, a friend and uncle of Kṛiṣṇa. [It was he who induced Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa to go to Mathurā and kill Kaṁsa. He told the two brothers how their father Ānaka-dundubhi, the princess Devakī and even his own father Ugrasena had been insulted by the iniquitous demon Kaṁsa, and told them why he had been despatched to them. Kṛiṣṇa consented to go and promised to slay the demon within 3 nights, which he succeeded in doing.]
accha अच्छ च्छा ind. Ved. To, towards (with acc.). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, especially to such as imply some kind of motion, or speaking; (अच्छ गत्यर्थवदेषु P.I.4.69); ˚इ or गम् to go to, attain, as अच्छ गत्य; ˚नश्-क्ष् to go near, approach; ˚नी to lead towards; ˚नु to call out to; ˚पत् to fly towards रघुः श्येनः पतयत् अन्धः अच्छ Rv.5.45.9. ˚वन्द् to salute; ˚वच् to invite Śabara interprets the word अच्छ in the text यूपमच्छेष्यता होतव्यम् to mean, 'in order to have'; अच्छशब्दो हि आप्तु- मित्यर्थे वर्तते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.9.
atibhūmiḥ अतिभूमिः f. 1 Excess, culmination, highest pitch; ˚मिं गम्-या to go to excess, to reach the climax; ˚मिं तस्या अभिनिवेशो गमिष्यति Māl.2; ˚मिं गतोनुरागः 7; तत्र सर्व- लोकस्य ˚मिं गतः प्रवादः ibid. widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; ˚मिमयं गतो न शक्यते निवर्तयितुम् K.156; सर्वोत्सवानामतिभूमिमिवाधिशयाना 158; सर्वपौरुषातिभूमिः Dk.3; ˚मिं गतेन रणरणकेन U.1, प्रणयातिभूमिमगमन् Śi.9.78, 1.8. -2 Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (अमर्यादा); विपदि न दूषितातिभूमिः Śi.3.2. -3 Eminence, superiority. -4 Extensive land.
atimukta अतिमुक्त a.. 1 Entirely free from worldly desires, finally emancipated. -2 Barren, seedless. -3 Surpassing, (a necklace of) pearls; अतिमुक्तमद्ग्रथितकेसरावली Māl. 5.8. -क्तः -क्तकः 1 A kind of creeper (माधवी, Mar. कुसरी or कस्तुरमोगरा) represented as twisting itself round the mango tree and as the beloved of that tree; cf. क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेणातिमुक्तलतां पल्लवितां सहते Ś.3; परि- गृहाण गते सहकारतां त्वमतिमुक्तलताचरितं मयि M.4.13. -2 N. of a tree, Dalbergia Oujeinensis (तिनिश). -3 (˚क्तकः) Mountain ebony; N. of a tree called हरिमन्थ (तिन्दुक वृक्ष, तालवृक्ष also).
atisaurabha अतिसौरभ a. Very fragrant. -भम् Great fragrance. -भः The mango tree
adhas अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
adhigam अधिगम् 1 P. 1 (a) To acquire, obtain, get, attain, secure; आज्ञाकरत्वमधिगम्य V.3.19; अधिगच्छति महिमानं चन्द्रो$पि निशापरिगृहीतः M.1.13; भर्तारमधिगच्छेत् Ms.9.91 marry; श्रेयांसि सर्वाण्यधिजग्मुषस्ते R.5.34. (b) To find, meet with, fall in with, see, discover. (c) To accomplish; अर्थं सप्रतिबन्धं प्रभुरधिगन्तुं सहायवानेव M.1.9; न मे बुद्धिर्निश्चय- मधिगच्छति Mu. 5 is not able to decide; for (a) see also Ms.2.218, Bg.2.64, R.2.66. -2 To approach, reach, go towards or near; गुणालयो$प्यसन्मन्त्री नृपतिर्नाधिगम्यते Pt. 1.384; तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति does not reach or go to the end. -3 To study, learn; know; तेभ्यो$धिगन्तुं निगमान्त- विद्याम् U.2.3; श्रुतमप्यधिगम्य Ki.2.41; 6.38; Ms.7.39; धर्मेणाधिगतो यैस्तु 12.19; वेदार्थानधिगच्छेत् Y.1.99, Bk.7. 37. -4 To cohabit with.
anukram अनुक्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go after, follow (fig. also); महर्षिभिरनुक्रान्तं धर्मपन्थानमास्थितः Rām; to betake oneself to; तीर्थयात्रामनुक्रामन् Mb.; व्यवसायमनुक्रान्ता कान्ते त्वमति- शोभनम् Rām. -2 To count up, enumerate, state or go through in order; यच्चानुक्रान्तं यच्चानुक्रंस्यते Mbh. on P.I. 1.72; give a table of contents, used frequently in the Nirukta.
anucar अनुचर् 1 P. 1 To follow, pursue, go after; to serve, attend or wait upon; पित्रोः पादाननुचरन् K.368 serving. -2 To traverse, seek after, go through, wander. -3 To conduct oneself, behave.
anupad अनुपद् 4 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); उतथ्यस्य यवीयास्तु ममतामन्वपद्यत Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the earth); वसुधामन्वपद्येतां वातनुन्नाविव द्रुमौ Mb. -5 To enter upon, betake oneself to; जितमित्येव तानक्षान्पुनरेवान्वपद्यत, ध्यानमेवान्वपद्यत Rām.; पुत्रौ दृष्ट्वा सुसंभ्रान्ता नान्वपद्यत किंचन Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, see, notice; दीर्घं दध्यौ. ... निमित्तं सो$न्वपद्यत Bhāg. -7 To lose (with abl.) महत्त्वान्नान्वपद्येताम् Mb. -8 to handle. -9 To fall to the share of (Ved.)
anuprāp अनुप्राप् 5 P. 1 To get, obtain. -2 To reach, go to, overtake; गङ्गानदीमनुप्राप्ताः Mb. -3 To imitate; लीलाखेल- मनुप्रापुर्महोक्षास्तस्य विक्रमम् R.4.22. -4 To arrive, come (intrans); कथमिमां भूमिमनुप्राप्तः K.132; Ve.6. -5 To get back.
anuvraj अनुव्रज् 1 P. 1 To follow, go after; तां व्रजन्तीमनुवव्राज K.132,21; attend especially a departing guest (as far as the bank of water, lake, &c.) as a mark of respect; अतिथिं श्रोत्रियं तृप्तमासीमान्तमनुव्रजेत् Y.1.113; तं मातरो देवमनुव्रजन्त्यः Ku.7.38; यमिच्छेत्पुनरायान्तं नैनं दूरमनु- व्रजेत् Rām.2.4.5. -2 To visit in order, seek. -3 To go to or near; betake oneself to; मृगा मृगैः सङ्गमनुव्रजन्ति Pt. 1.282. deer herd or associate with deer. -4 To obey, to do homage to. अनुव्रजनम् anuvrajanam व्रज्या vrajyā अनुव्रजनम् व्रज्या Following, going after, especially a departing guest; आसनावसथौ शय्यामनुव्रज्यामुपासनाम् Ms.3.17.
anusaṃcar अनुसंचर् 1 P. 1 To walk alongside, follow, join. -2 To pursue, seek after. -3 To visit, go towards or to. -4 To penetrate, cross, traverse. -5 To become assimilated.
anusami अनुसमि 2 P. (˚इ) 1 To go to or visit successively or in order. -2 To join in following or being guided by. -3 To join, become assimilated.
anusṛ अनुसृ 1 P. 1 To follow (in all senses); go after, attend, pursue; to practise, observe; betake oneself to; पूर्वोद्दिष्टामनुसर पुरीम् Me.3 go to; उदीचिं दिशं अनुसरेस्तिर्यगाया- मशोभी 59. -2 To go over or through. -Caus. 1 To lead forward; वायुरनुसारयतीव माम् Rām. -2 To cause to pursue, follow.
abhi अभि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means (a) 'to', 'towards', 'in the direction of'; अभिगम् to go towards; अभिया, ˚गमनम्, ˚यानम् &c.; (b) 'for' 'against'; ˚लष्, ˚पत् &c.; (c) 'on', 'upon'; ˚सिञ्च् to sprinkle on &c.; (d) 'over', 'above', 'across'; ˚भू to overpower, ˚तन्; (e) 'greatly'; 'excessively'; ˚कम्प्. -2 (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses (a) intensity or superiority; ˚धर्मः 'supreme duty'; ˚ताम्र 'very red'; R.15.49; ˚नव 'very new'; (b) 'towards', 'in the direction of', forming adv. compounds; ˚चैद्यम्, ˚मुखम्, ˚दूति &c. -3 (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. अप); in, above, aloft, on the top, (mostly Ved.) -4 (As a preposition with acc.) (a) To, towards, in the direction of, aginst; (with acc. or in comp. in this sense); अभ्यग्नि or अग्निमभि शलभाः पतन्ति; वृक्षमभि द्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; Śi.9.56,4; अभ्यर्कबिम्बं स्थितः Ś.7.11. (b) Near, before, in front or presence of; प्रियमभि कुसुमोद्यतस्य बाहोः Śi.7.32;15.58. (c) On, upon, with regard or reference to; सायमण्डलमभि त्वरयन्त्यः Ki.9.6; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमभि Sk. (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); वृक्षं वृक्षमभि सिञ्चति Sk.; भूतभूतमभि प्रभुः Bop. By अभिरभाग P.I.4.91. अभि has all the senses of अनु given in I. P.4.9 except that of भाग; e. g. (लक्षणे) हरिमभि वर्तते; (इन्थंभूताख्याने) भक्तो हरिमभि; (वीप्सायाम्), देवं देवमभि सिञ्चति; but यदत्र ममाभिष्यात् तद्दीयताम्; प्राज्ञो गोविन्द- मभितिष्ठति Bop. (e) In, into, to; Śi.8.6. (f.) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. अभि has these senses :- अभि पूजाभृशार्थेच्छासौम्याभि- मुख्यसौरूप्यवचनाहारस्वाध्यायेषु; e. g. पूजायाम्, अभिवन्दते; भृशे, अभिनिवेशः; इच्छायाम्; अभिलाषः, अभिकः; सौम्ये or माधुर्ये, अभिजातः; आभिमुख्ये, अभिमुखम्, अभ्यग्नि; सौरूप्ये, अभिरूपम्; वचने, अभिधत्ते; आहारे, अभ्यवहरति; स्वाध्याये, अभ्यस्यति. [cf. L. ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi um].
abhigam अभिगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, go near to, approach (with acc.); एनमभिजग्मुर्भहर्षयः R.15.59; Ki.1.21; मनुमेकाग्रमासीनमभिगम्य महर्षयः Ms.1.1;11.1. -2 To follow; go after; अनुरागाद्वने रामं दिष्ट्य त्वमभिगच्छसि Rām. -3 To find; meet with (casually or by chance). -4 To cohabit; have sexual intercourse (with man or woman); अभिगन्तास्मि भगिनीं मातरं वा तवेति ह Y.2.25; अभ्यगच्छः पतिं यत्त्वं भजमानम् Mb. -5 To take to, undertake, betake oneself to. -6 To get, to share in; be subject to; निद्रामभिगतः Rām. -7 To conceive, apprehend, understand, comprehend. -Caus. 1 To cause to go to or approach; take, convey; send; Dk.12. -2 To cause to apprehend; explain, teach.
abhitad अभितद् 4 A. 1 To go to, draw near, approach (with acc.); रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा । अभिपेदे निदाघार्ता व्यालीव मलयद्रुमम् ॥ R.12.32; 19.11; Dk.166; K.265; to enter (into) Śi.3.25 sometimes with loc. also. -2 To look upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; क्षणम- भ्यपद्यत जनैर्न मृषा गगनं गणाधिपतिमूर्तिरिति Śi.9.27. -3 To help, assist; मया$भिपन्नं तं चापि न सर्पो धर्षयिष्यति Mb.1.5.2. -4 To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, take possession of, overcome, afflict; सर्वतश्चाभिपन्नैषा धार्तराष्ट्री महाचमूः । चण्डवाताभिपन्नानामुदधीनामिव स्वनः Mb.; See अभिपन्न also. -5 (a) To take, assume; स्वानि स्वान्यभिपद्यन्ते यथा कर्माणि देहिनः Ms.1.3 (b) To accept, receive; निरास्वाद्य- तमं शून्यं (राज्यं) भरतो नाभिपत्स्यते Rām. -6 To apply or devote oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; स चिन्ता- मम्यपद्यत Rām. -7 To honour.
abhipre अभिप्रे [अभिप्र -इ] 2 P. 1 To go to or near, approach; कर्मणा यमभिप्रैति स संप्रदानम् P.I.4.32. -2 To intend, aim at, think of, mean; cf. अभिप्रेत.
abhivṛta अभिवृत 1 A. 1 To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; भरतो मन्त्रिभिः सार्धमभ्यवर्तत राजवत् Rām.2.91. 38. इत एवाभिवर्तन्ते (in dramas) are coming hitherward or in this direction; श्रावस्तीमभ्यवर्तिषि Dk.116; तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1.; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$भिवर्तते Ś.1.23 turns. -2 To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); नाना- प्रहरणैः क्रुद्धस्तत्सैन्यं सो$भ्यवर्तत Rām T.27.4; वदनं मधुकरो$ भिवर्तते Ś.1; अयमेकचरो$भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3. -3 To face, encounter, stand opposite to. -4 To stretch or extend towards; दीर्घारण्यानि दक्षिणां दिशमभिवर्तन्ते U.2. -5 (a) To turn up, arise, begin. (b) To appear, commence; सरष्वाश्चोत्तरे तीरे राज्ञो यज्ञो$भ्यवर्तत Rām.1.14.1; break (as day). -6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 To produce for one (dat.). -Caus. 1 To carry over, transport. -2 To overcome, to be master of.
abhisṛ अभिसृ 1 P. To go up to, go towards, approach; to go to some place or other, go or proceed; पुरोभिसस्रे सुरसुन्दरीजनैः Ki.8.4. -2 To attack, assail. -3 To go or advance to meet (as at an appointed place); सुन्दरीरभिससार K.58. Dk.51,52,91; अभिससार न वल्लभमङ्गना Śi.6.26. -Caus. To visit, approach, go to meet; वल्लभानभिसिसारयिषूणाम् Śi. 1,2,21; S. D.115; Ki.9.38; Mk.8.
abhyāgam अभ्यागम् 1 P. 1 To go near to, draw near, approach; visit; see अभ्यागत below; to come, arrive (as time). -2 To come to, fall into, go to any state; चिन्ताभ्यागतः fell to thinking.
abhyupagam अभ्युपगम् 1 P. 1 (a) To go to or near, approach; परलोकमभ्युपगते (भर्तरि) विविशुः Śi.9.13. (b) To come to the help of; वयमभ्युपगच्छामः कृष्णेन त्वां प्रघर्षितम् Hariv. (c) To have recourse to. (d) To arrive at (a point of time); आषाढीमभ्युपगतो भरतः Rām. -2 To obtain, get. -3 To admit, grant, own; अभ्युपगतं तावदस्माभिरेवम् Ś. we admit all this; Mu.3. -4 To assent to, agree to, undertake, promise; Dk.73. -Caus. To induce or cause one to assent to or grant; मामभ्युपगमय्य Dk.6,118.
abhyupe अभ्युपे 2. P. [˚उप-इ] 1 To go near, approach, arrive, enter; व्यतीतकालस्त्वहमभ्युपेतः R.5.14,16.22; त्रिरह्नो$ भ्युपयन्नपः Ms.11.259 entering the water i. e. bathing; Y.3.3. -2 To go to or enter a particular state, attain to; सत्यं न तद्यच्छलमभ्युपैति H.3.54 so ब्राह्मणतां, वैश्यतां, सखित्वम् &c. -3 To agree, (to do something), accept, promise, undertake; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. अस्यै दास्यमभ्युपेतं मया Dk.44,55,89,138,159. -4 To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Śi.11.67; श्रुत्यैव च तर्कस्याभ्युपेतत्वात् Ś. B.; Dk.45. -5 To approve, agree with, assent to. -6 To obey, submit to, be faithful to; विरोध्य मोहात्पुनरभ्युपेयुषाम् Ki.18.42.
am अम् 1 P. [अमति, अमितुम्, अमित Ved. pres. अमिति; अमीति] 1 To go; to go to or towards. -2 To serve, honour. -3 To sound. -4 To eat. -5 To be pernicious or dangerous; वराहमिन्द्र एमुषम् Rv. P. or Caus. (आमयति) 1 To come upon, attack, afflict with sickness or pain from disease. -2 To be ill or be afflicted or diseased. _With सम् Ved. 1 A. 1 to convince oneself of, ascertain. -2 to ally or connect oneself with. -3 To fix or settle oneself.
arb अर्ब् 1 P. (अर्बति, आनर्ब, अर्भितुम्) 1 To go towards. -2 To kill, hurt.
āp आप् 5. P., rarely 1 P. (आप्नोति or आपति, आप, आपत्, आप्स्यति, आप्तुम्, आप्त) 1 To obtain, attain, get; स शान्ति- माप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7; 3.2; 3.19. पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; अनुद्योगेन तैलानि तिलेभ्यो नाप्तुमर्हति H. Pr.25; शतं क्रतूनामपविध्नमाप सः R.3.38; so फलम्, कीर्तिम्, सुखम् &c. -2 To reach, go to; overtake, meet, fall in with; शबरीमापतुर्वने Bk.6.59. -3 To pervade, occupy, enter into. -4 To undergo, suffer, meet with; दिष्टान्तमा- प्स्यति भवान् R.9.79; Ms.8.188. -5 To equal. -pass. (आप्यते) 1 To be reached, found, met with, obtained &c. -2 To arrive at one's end or aim. -3 To become filled. -Caus. (आपयति) 1 To cause to reach or obtain. -2 To cause any one to feel or perceive. -3 To hit.
āpat आपत् 1 P. 1 To fall upon, attack, assail; उदायुधाना- पततः R.12.44,5.5; Bk.3.48. -2 To approach, come towards K.22; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K.136 has reached the ears; 268. -3 To fly towards, come in flying, come or drive in haste, rush upon; अपि नाध्वश्रमः शीघ्रं रथेनापततस्तव Rām.2.72.5 -4 (a) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; कथमिदमापतितम् U.2; K.262,158; अहो न शोभनमापतितम् Pt.2. (b) To fall to one's lot or share, befall; अहो$स्माकं महद्भोजनमापतितम् Pt.1; आपतन्ति हि संसारपथमवर्तार्णानामेते वृत्तान्ताः K.175,132; सर्वस्यैव स्खलितमापतति 291; H.1.28,168. -5 (a) To occur to, cross (the mind); इति हृदये नापतितम् K.288 (b) To be felt or regarded; मधुरतराण्यापतन्ति मनसः K.13 are felt or regarded; 22, 236,329. -Caus. (पातयति) To go towards, approach (Ved.).
āpad आपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go near, walk towards, approach; एष रावणिरापादि वानराणां भयंकरः Bk.15.89. -2 To enter into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); वक्त्रमापद्य मारुतः Śik.9; निर्वेदमापद्यते becomes disgusted Mk.1.14; आपेदिरे$म्बरपथम् Bv.1.17; क्षीरं दधिभावमापद्यते Ś. B. milk turns into curds; पाण्डुरतामापद्यमानस्य K.69 becoming pale; 16; विस्मयमापेदे 179; श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः R.14.7 assumed the form of a verse; चिन्तामापेदे Dk.13 fell a-thinking; so विश्वासम्, निर्वृतिम्, संशयम्, वशम्, पञ्चत्वम् &c. पुनः पुनर्वशमापद्यते मे Kaṭh.1.2.6. -3 To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; अर्थधर्मौ परित्यज यः काममनुवर्तते । एवमापद्यते क्षिप्रं राजा दशरथो यथा ॥ Rām.; see आपन्न below. -4 To happen, occur; जित्सोर्नूनमापादि ध्वंसो$यं तां निशाचरात् Bk.6.31; एवमापद्यते M.1 so it is. -Caus. 1 To bring about, bring to pass, accomplish, effect; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12; Śānti. 3.19. -2 To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer; आपाद्यते न व्ययमन्तरायैः R.5.5. -3 To cause, to produce, bring on; लघिमानमापादयति K.15,19; दोषमपि गुणत्वमापादयति makes the best of a bad matter. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To spread, circulate (as news). -6 To turn or change into; एकामपि काकिणीं कार्षापणलक्षमापादयेम Dk.156.
āmraḥ आम्रः [अम् गत्यादिषु रन् दीर्घश्च Uṇ.2.16.] The mango tree. -म्रम् The fruit of the mango tree. -Comp. -अस्थि The seed of the mango tree. -आवर्त 1 N. of a tree (आम्रातक). -2 inspissated mango juice. (-र्तम्) the fruit of आम्रातक. -कूटः N. of a mountain; सानुमानाम्रकूटः Me.17. -गन्धकः N. of a plant (समष्ठिलवृक्ष; Mar. सुरण). -निशा N. of the plant Curcuma Reclinata (Mar. आंबेहळद). -पञ्चमः A particular Rāga in music. -पाली f. N. of a prostitute famous for her beauty. -पेशी [आम्रस्य पेशीव] a portion of dried mango fruit. -फलप्रपाणकम् A cooling drink made of mangoes. -वण [आम्रस्य वनम् cf. P.VIII.4.5.] a grove of mango trees; सो$हमाम्रवणं छित्त्वा Rām.
āyā आया 2 P. 1 To come, arrive, approach. -2 To reach, attain, go to (any particular state); क्षयम्, वशम्, बन्धनम्, तुलाम् &c. ब्राह्मणो निर्वेदमायात् Mu&ṇḍa 1.2.12; आयातु वरदा देवी Mahānār. 15.1. -3 To follow, result. -4 To be possible or practicable (with inf.).
āruh आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8.
āviś आविश् 6 U. 1 To enter; गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2. 26,3.28. -2 To take possession of, possess, affect; मूढमाविशन्ति न पण्डितम् H.1.3; so भयम्, मोहः, क्रोधः &c. -3 To go towards, approach. -4 To go or attain to a particular state; सुखम्, मन्युम् &c. -5 To arise. -Caus. 1 To cause to enter; मष्यावेशित चेतसाम् Bg.12.7. -2 To possess; K.17.
āvṛt आवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn round, revolve. -2 To return, come or turn back; धेनुराववृते वनात् R.1.82,2.19; एकया यात्यनावृत्तिमन्ययावर्तते पुनः Bg.8.26. -3 To go to or towards. -4 To be restless or uneasy; रणरणकविवृद्धिं विभ्रदावर्तमानम् Māl.1.41. -Caus. 1 To cause to turn or revolve; अक्षवलयमावर्तयन्तम् K.42 telling the beads. -2 To roll, turn about or over. -3 To cause to roll down, shed (as tears &c.). -4 To attract, win over (see आवृज्). -5 To repeat, recite; आवरीवर्ति भुवनेष्वन्तः Av.9.1.11.
āśri आश्रि 1 U. 1 (a.) To resort or betake oneself to; to have recourse to (a place, way, course of action &c.); विचरितमृगयूथान्याश्रयिष्ये वनानि V.5.17; निम्नगां आश्रयन्ते Rs.1.27; दक्षिणां मूर्तिमाश्रित्य K.128,132; न वयं कुमारमाश्रयामहे Mu.4; आशिश्राय च भूतलम् Bk.14.111 fell on the ground; 17.92; वृत्तिमाश्रित्य वैतसीम् R.4.35 resorting to or following; so धैर्यम्, शोकम्, बलम्, मित्रभावम्, संस्कृतमाश्रित्य &c.; आश्रित्य having recourse or reference; तामाश्रित्य M.4.1, कतमत्प्रकरणमाश्रित्य गीयताम् Ś.1. (b) To seek refuge with, dwell with or in, inhabit (as a place &c.); शरण्यमेनमाश्रयन्ते R.13.7; Pt.1.51; तथा गृहस्थमाश्रित्य वर्तन्ते सर्व आश्रमाः Ms.3.77; सर्वे गुणाः काञ्चन- माश्रयन्ते. -2 To go through, experience; एको रसः ... पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47. -3 To rest or depend upon. -4 To adhere or stick to, fall to the lot of, happen, occur; पापमेवाश्रयेदस्मान् Bg.1.36 we shall incur sin. -5 To choose, prefer. -6 To assist, help.
āsad आसद् 1 P. 1 To sit down or near (with acc. or loc.). -2 To watch or lie in, wait for य आसीदन्ति दम्पती Rv.1.85.32. -3 To approach, reach, to go to or towards (a place &c.); हिमालयस्यालयमाससाद Ku.7.69; Bk.7.31; Śi.2.2; आसनम् R.6.4,53; 11.23. -4 To meet with, find, form; सख्यम् R.5.6; 14.25; अपायम् Bk.3.26 suffering; केचिद् वेपथुमासेदुः 4.43. -5 To encounter, attack. -6 To commence, undertake. -7 To place. -1 P. or -Caus. 1 (a) To meet with, find; मृत्युभयमासादितः Bhāg. (b) To get, obtain; अमरगणनालेख्यमासाद्य R.8.95; Ms.4.227; धनम्, सुखम् &c. -2 To approach, go to, reach; नक्रः स्वस्थान- मासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति; ते पुण्यमासाद्य सुरेन्द्रलोकम् Bg.9.2.; Me.36; Bk.8.37. -3 To overtake, come up with; अनेन रथवेगेन पूर्वप्रस्थितं वैनतेयमप्यासादयेयम् V.1, Ve.3.9. -4 To encounter, attack; आसादितौ कथं ब्रूतं न गजैः कूलमुद्रुजैः Bk.6.95. -5 To effect, occasion, accomplish. -6 To make one sit down (Ved.). -7 To put on, wear : आसाद्य कवचं दिव्यं सहस्रार्कसमद्युति; Rām.7.6.64.
i इ I. 2 P. (In Dhātup. written as इण्) (एति, इयाय, अगात्, एतुम्, इत) 1 To go, go to or towards, come to or near; शशिनं पुनरेति शर्वरी R.8.56; ईयुर्भरद्वाजमुनेर्निकेतम् Bk. 3.4. -2 To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; निर्बुद्धिः क्षयमेति Mk.1.14 goes to (ruin, is ruined; so वशम्, शत्रुत्वम्, शूद्रताम् &c.). -3 To return. -4 To go away, retire; elapse, pass. -5 To spring from, come or arise from. -6 To undertake anything (with acc.); सत्रमायन् Vāj. -7 To ask, beg. -8 To be; to appear. -9 To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; कृषन्तो ह स्म वै वपन्तो यन्ति Śat. Br.; गवामयनेनेयुः Kāty. -1 To thrive, prosper. II.1 U. = अय् q. v. III.4 Ā. 1 To come, appear. -2 To run, wander. -3 To go quickly or repeatedly. -4 To ask, request. -Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with एमि].
iṭ इट् 1 P. [एटति, इटित] 1 To go, go to or towards; त्वं त्यमिटतो रथमिन्द्र प्रावः सुतावतः Rv.1.171.1. -2 To err. -3 To make haste (Ved.).
indrayu इन्द्रयु a. Longing to go to Indra.
uddhavaḥ उद्धवः 1 A sacrificial fire. -2 A festival, holiday. -3 N. of a Yādava, uncle and friend of Kṛiṣṇa. [When Kṛiṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Maṭhurā, Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Kṛiṣṇa. On seeing the destruction of the Yādavas to be inevitable, he went to Kṛiṣṇa and asked him what to do; whereupon he was told to go to Badarikāśrama to practise penance and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, उद्धवदूत and उद्धवसंदेश.
upagam उपगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, approach; attain, reach (fig. also), arrive at, visit; शशिनमुपगतेयं कौमुदी मेघमुक्तम् R.6.85; so दैवादुपगतं तृणम् Pt.4; पदमुपगता Bh.2.1; Bk.1.1; तदुपगतम् Mu.5 duly received. -2 To enter into, penetrate; अवलम्ब्य जालकमुखोपगतानुदतिष्ठदिन्दुकिरणान्मदनः Śi.9.39. -3 To undergo, suffer; तमो घोरमुपागतम् Rām. -4 To go to the state of, attain, acquire; तानप्रदायित्व- मिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8; प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ Śi.9.6; so निद्रावशम्, हर्षम्, तृप्तिम्, शान्तिम्, विषादम् &c. -5 To approach a woman (for sexual intercourse); सुप्तां मत्तां प्रमत्तां वा रहो यत्रोपगच्छति Ms.3.34,4.4. -6 To come upon, attack. -7 To occur, happen, present itself; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.19. v. l. -8 To undertake, begin. -9 To suffer, shar in. -1 To admit, agree to, consent, allow; वेदान्तोपगतं फलम् Ms.2.16. -11 To worship; सहपत्न्या विशालाक्ष्या नारायणमुपागमत् Rām.2.6.1. -Caus. To cause to come near or approach.
upacar उपचर् 1 P. 1 (a) To serve, wait or attend upon; गिरिशमुपचचार Ku.1.6; निमित्तज्ञान् K.64; Ms.3.193, 4.254; सममुपचर भद्रे सुप्रियं चाप्रियं च Mk.1.31; K.326. (b) To honour, worship; प्रतिमाः पूजासत्कारेणोपचर्यन्ते K.4,323; V.3. -2 To treat, deal with, act towards; entertain; मित्रत्वेन उपचरितस्य Dk.71 treated as a friend; भोजनादिना मामुपाचरत् 77,117; तां प्रियसखीमिवोपाचरत् 134; उपाचरत् कृत्रिमसंविधाभिः R.14.17 honoured or entertained; 5.62; स्थाने इयं देवीशब्देनोपचर्यते V.3. honoured with the title of queen. तत्रभवन्तो युवत्वेनोपचर्यमाणाः प्रीता भवन्ति Mbh. IV.1.163. -3 To attend on (as a patient), treat, tend, nurse; यत्नादुपचर्यताम् Ś.3; मन्त्रवादिभिरुपचर्यमाणः Pt.1. -4 To approach, go towards. -5 To undertake, begin (mostly Vedic in these senses). -pass. To be used figuratively or metaphorically, be applied figuratively to any one (with loc.); तस्माच्चेतनवदुपचर्यते Ś. B.; पर एवात्मा बालैः शारीर इत्युपचर्यते ibid; कालो$यं द्विपरार्धाख्यो निमेष उपचर्यते Bhāg.; भुक्ता ब्राह्मणा इत्यत्र अन्नस्य भुक्तत्वं ब्राह्मणेषूपचर्यते Malli. on Ki.1.1.; Bṛi. S.5.15; प्रत्यासत्त्या उपचर्य योज्यते K. P.
upayam उपयम् 1 U. 1 To marry, take a wife (Ā. in this sense); भवान् मिथः समयादिमामुपायंस्त Ś.5; आत्मानुरूपां विधिनोपयेमे Ku.1.18; R.14.87; Śi.15.27; Ms.3.11; Bk.4.2, 28;7.11. -2 (a) To seize, hold; उपयच्छ शूर्पम् Av.; उपायंस्त महास्त्राणि Bk.15.21; शस्त्राण्युपायंसत जित्वराणि 1.16. (b) To take, receive, accept; कोपात्काश्चित्प्रियैः प्रत्तमुपायंसत नासवम् Bk.8.33. -3 To show, indicate (सूच्); मोपयध्वं भयम् Bk.7.11. -4 To lie under, support, prop up (Ved.). -5 To go to (a woman); एतास्तिस्रस्तु भार्यार्थे नोपयच्छेत्तु बुद्धिमान् Ms.11.172. -6 To curb, restrain.
upayā उपया 2 P. 1 To approach, go towards, reach; उपयामगृहीतो$सि Ts.1.4.15. येन मामुपयान्तिते Bg.1.1. so पुरम्, गतिम्, नयनम्, पदवीम्; दुर्मन्त्रिणं कमुपयान्ति न नीतिदोषाः H.3.11. -2 To attain to a particular state, meet with &c.; तनुताम्, मृत्युम्, रुजम्, पाकम्, प्रसादम् &c.
upavas उपवस् 1 P. 1 To dwell in or at, inhabit (with acc.); तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Mund. Up.1.2.11. वैकुण्ठं उपवसति Sk. -2 To be in a state of abstinence, abstain from food, fast; उपवसेद्दिनम् Ms.2.22,5,2; Y.3.292,64; (fig. also); उपोषिताभ्यामिव नेत्राभ्यां पिबन्ती Dk.4. -3 To go to (a master). -4 To enter upon, learn, take to, begin. -Caus. To cause to fast.
upavṛt उपवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To return.
upasṛ उपसृ 1 P. 1 To go towards, approach, draw near; वरुणं पितरमुपससार Tait. Up.3.1.1. etc. राजानं ... दुर्गं ... उपसृत्य &c. वल्लभाभिरुपसृत्य चक्रिरे साभिभुक्तविषयाः समागमाः R.19.16. -2 To go against, attack. -3 To have intercourse (as of a woman with a man); Mb.3.
upasthā उपस्था 1 U. (cf. P.I.3.25-6. and Vārt.1) 1 To stand near; fall to one's share; नादत्तमुपतिष्ठति Pt.2. 127 remain; विष्टभ्य पादावुपतिष्ठते श्रीः Mu.4.13. -2 To come near, approach; मामुपतिष्ठस्व Mu.1 come to me; रामं मुनिरुपस्थितः R.15.76; Ku.2.64; Pt.1. राजद्वारम् U.1; R.1.45,87;2.39,15.15. -3 To wait or attend upon, serve; नाटकेनोपस्थातव्यमस्माभिः Ś.1. We must wait upon (serve) (the audience) with a play; Ms.2.48,3.189; पुरा शक्रमुपस्थाय R.1.75,14.24; U.1. -4 To approach with prayers, worship (said to be Ātm. only in this sense); ये सूर्यमुपतिष्ठन्ते मन्त्रैः Bk.8.13; न त्र्यम्बकादन्यमुपस्थि- तासौ 1.3; Ku.2.3; R.4.6,1.63,17.1,18.22; Māl.; U.2,3,7; सख्येन मामुपतिष्ठते treats me as a friend. -5 To be or remain near, stay with. -6 To go to with the desire of getting (P. or Ā.); प्रभुमुपतिष्ठति-ते Sk. -7 To approach for intercourse; कं रहस्युपतिष्ठसे Bk.5.68; पतिमुपतिष्ठते नारी Vop. -8 To meet, join (as a river) (Ā.); गङ्गा यमुनामुपतिष्ठते Sk. -9 To form friendship with, make a friend of; रथिकानुपतिष्ठते Sk.; उपस्थितैवमुक्ते तं सखायं राघवः पितुः Bk.6.42; सन्तमुपतिष्ठते साधुः Vop. -1 To approach with hostile intentions. -11 To lead to, go to or reach (Ā.) (as a way); पन्थाः स्रुघ्नमुपतिष्ठते Sk. (प्राप्नोति); Ms.3.76. -12 To pass over to, devolve upon, fall to the share of; मूलपुरुषावसाने संपदः परमुपतिष्ठन्ति Ś.6; Ki.13.69; वीरसूरिति शब्दो$यं तनयात्त्वामुपस्थितः M.5. 16, applies to you; R.8.2; विपदुत्पत्तिमतामुपस्थिता 8.83 awaits or falls to the lot of. -13 To occur, arise; be got; अहो$स्माकं भोजनमुपस्थितम् H.1. -14 To be present (Ā.); स्मृत्युपस्थितौ श्लोकौ U.6; भोजनकाले उपतिष्ठते Sk. -15 To stand under for support. -16 To resort to; वेशमुपतिष्ठन्ति Dk.6. -17 To conciliate. -Caus. (-स्थाप- यति) 1 To provide, present with, furnish with; to get ready, prepare; अस्खलितसुखसंपातं रथमुपस्थापय U.1; सबाणासनं रथम् Ś.2. -2 To place upon or near. -3 To produce.
upāgam उपागम् 1 P. 1 To come, approach, go or draw near (a person or place); ताभिर्नो अद्य सुमना उपागहि सहस्रापोषं सुभगे रराणा Av.7.48.2. -2 (a) To go to, go to the state of; पञ्चत्वमुपागतः or परां तृप्तिमुपागतः; so क्रोधम्, मोहम्, क्षयम् &c. (b) To undergo, suffer, endure. -3 To obtain, get; दायादुपागतो दासः Mitā.; Y.2.143. -4 To occur, fall to the lot of. -5 To come back, return; Ks.
upāvṛt उपावृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn or go towards, approach. -2 To turn away from, return. -3 To give. -4 To roll on the ground; उपावृत्योत्थितां दीनां वडवामिव वाहितां Rām.2.2.34. -Caus. 1 To win over, induce; Māl.8. -2 To cause to turn; lead or bring back; M.5. -3 To give to. -4 To cause, produce. -5 To stretch out more and more.
upās उपास् 2 Ā. 1 To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; ओमित्येतदक्षरमुद्गीथमुपासीत Ch. Up.1.1.1 &c. मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6; 9.14,15. उद्यानपालसामान्यमृतवस्तमुपासते Ku.2.36; अम्बा- मुपास्व सदयाम् Aśvad.13; Śi.16.47; Ms.3.189. -2 To use, occupy, abide in, reside; ऐन्द्रं स्थानमुपासीना ब्रह्मभूता हि ते सदा Rām.1.35.1. Ms.5.93. -3 To pass (as time); उपास्य रात्रिशेषं तु Rām. -4 To approach, go to or towards; उपासाञ्चक्रिरे द्रष्टुं देवगन्धर्वकिन्नराः Bk.5. 17; परलोकमुपास्महे 7.89. -5 To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town). -6 To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); उपास्य पश्चिमां सन्ध्याम् K.176,179; तेप्युपासन्तु मे मखम् Mb.; Ms.2. 222,3.14,7.223, 11.42. -7 To undergo, suffer; अलं ते पाण्डुपुत्राणां भक्त्या क्लेशमुपासितुम् Mb.; Ms.11.184. -8 To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6. -9 To expect, wait for; दिष्टमुपासीनः Mb. -1 To attach oneself to, practise; उपासते द्विजाः सत्यम् Y.3.192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; लक्षणोपास्यते यस्य कृते S. D.2; बस्तिरुपास्यमानः Suśr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -13 To practise archery.
upe उपे 2 P. [उप-इ] 1 To approach, come near, arrive at, reach (a place, person &c.); परमं साम्यमुपैति Muṇḍ. Up.3.1.3. लतामुपेत्य Ś.1; so राजानम्, दुर्गम् &c. योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम् Bg.8.28,1.15,9.28. -2 To go to (a master), become a pupil. उपेत्य पप्रच्छ Praśna. Up.1.2; 6.1. -3 To have intercourse with (a woman), cohabit; वाच्यश्चानुपयन् पतिः Ms.9.4. -4 To under go, perform, undertake, practise; तपः, सत्रम् &c. -5 To go to or pass into any state; योगम् R.16.84; भेदम् Ku.2.4; to fall into (misfortune &c.); क्षयम्, मत्युम्, सुखम्, दुःखम्, निद्राम् &c. -6 To obtain, attain to; तस्य प्रिया ज्ञातयः सुकृतमुपयन्ति Kauṣ. Up.1.1; उपैति शस्यं परिणामरम्यताम् Ki.4.22. -7 To incur, be present at. -8 To fall to one's lot or share, befall; उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः Pt.1.361; Bg.6.27. -9 To consider as, admit, acknowledge.
ṛtuḥ ऋतुः [ऋ-तु-किच्च Uṇ1.71] 1 A season, period of the year, commonly reckoned to be six; शिशिरश्च वसन्तश्च ग्रीष्मो वर्षाः शरद्धिमः; sometimes only five; शिशिर and हिम or हेमन्त being counted together; cf. पञ्चर्तवो हेमन्तशिशिरयोः समासेन Ait. Br. वसन्तश्चैत्रवैशाखौ ज्येष्ठाषाढौ च ग्रीष्मकौ । वर्षा श्रावणभाद्राभ्यां शरदश्विनकार्तिकौ ॥ मार्गपौषौ च हेमन्तः शिशिरो माघफाल्गुनौ ॥ गोरक्षसंहिता. -2 An epoch, a period, any fixed or appointed time. -3 Menstruation, courses, menstrual discharge. -4 A period favourable for conception; वरमृतुषु नैवाभिगमनम् Pt.1; ऋतुः स्वाभाविकः स्त्रीणां रात्रयः षोडश स्मृताः Ms.3.46,9.7; Y.1.11,79. -5 Any fit season or right time. -6 Fixed order or rule; द्वा यन्तारा भवतस्तथ ऋतुः Rv.1.162.19. -7 Light, splendour. -8 A month. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -11 A kind of collyrium. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the close of a season. -2 termination of menstruation. -कालः, -समयः, -वेला 1 the time of menstruation, time favourable for conception, i. e. 16 nights from menstrual discharge; see ऋतु above. -2 the duration of a season. -गणः the seasons taken collectively. -गामिन् a. having intercourse with a wife (at the time fit for conception, i. e. after the period of menstruation). -ग्रहः a libation offered to the seasons, a kind of sacrifice. -चर्या f. seasonal proceeding; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि ऋतुचर्यास्तु वाजिनाम् Bhoja's Śālihotra 92. -जुष् f. A woman enjoying intercourse at the time fit for procreation; Ks. -धामन् m. N. of Viṣṇu -पतिः 1 the lord of seasons, i. e. the spring. -2 N. of Agni; Rv.1.2.1. -3 N. of other deities; Av.3.1.9. -पर्णः N. of a king of Ayodhyā; son of Ayutāyu, a descendant of Ikṣvāku. [Nala, king of Niṣadha, entered into his service after he had lost his kingdom and suffered very great adversity. He was 'profoundly skilled in dice'; and he exchanged with Nala this skill for his skill in horsemanship; and by virtue of it the king succeeded in taking Nala to Kuṇḍinapura before Damayantī had put into execution her resolve of taking a second husband]. -पर्यायः, -वृत्तिः the revolution of the seasons; cf. Ms.1.29. -पशुः An animal to be sacrificed at a particular season. -पाः m. N. of Indra. -पात्रम् the cup in which the libation is offered. -प्राप्त a. fertile, fruitful. -प्रैषः N. of particular invocations spoken before the sacrifice to the seasons. Ait. Br.5.9.3,4. -मुखम् the beginning or first day of a season. -याजः a sacrifice offered to the seasons. -राजः the spring. -लिङ्गम् 1 a characteristic or sign of the season (as the blossom of the mango tree in spring); यथर्तुलिङ्गान्यृतवः स्वयमेवर्तुपर्यये Ms. 1.3. -2 a symptom of menstruation. -लोका f. N. of particular bricks; Śat. Br.1. -ष्ठा (स्था) a. fixed at the proper seasons; Vāj.17.3. -संहारः 'collection of the seasons, N. of Kālidāsa's work on the six seasons. -सन्धिः 1 the junction of two seasons. -2 the last day in the bright fortnight (पौर्णमासी) and in the dark one (दर्श). -सात्म्यम् diet &c. suited to the season. -स्तोमः a kind of sacrifice. -स्नाता a woman who has bathed after menstruation and who is, therefore, fit for sexual intercourse; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नाताभिमां स्मरन् R.1.76. -स्नानम् bathing after menstruation.
kacaḥ कचः [कच्यन्ते बध्यन्ते इति कचः, कच्-अच्] 1 Hair (especially of the head); कचेषु च निगृह्यैतान् Mb.; see ˚ग्रह below; अलिनीजिष्णुः कचानां चयः Bh.1.5. -2 A dry or healed sore, scar. -3 A binding, band. -4 The hem of a garment. -5 A cloud. -6 N. of a son of Brihaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite helpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Śukrāchārya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which he alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Śukrāchārya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayānī, his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Śukra's wine; but Devayānī again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being able to resist his daughter's importunities, Śukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the muchcoveted charm, and, on the belly of Śukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayānī thence forward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brāhmaṇa, but would become a Kṣatriya's wife.] -चा 1 A female elephant; करिण्यां तु कचा स्त्रियाम् । मेदिनी. -2 Beauty, splendour. -Comp. -अग्रम् curls, end of hair. -आचित a. having dishevelled hair; कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -आमोदः a. fragrant ointment of the hair (वाळा). -ग्रहः seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; Mb.5.155.5; R.1.47, पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसेति रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -पः 1 'cloud drinker', grass. -2 a leaf. (-पम्) a vessel for vegetables. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः thick or ornamented hair; (according to Ak. these three words denote a collection; पाशः, पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात्परे). -मालः smoke.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kīraḥ कीरः 1 A parrot; एवं कीरवरे मनोरथमयं पीयूषमास्वादयति Bv.1.58; स कीरवन्मानुषवागवादीत् N.3.12. -राः (pl.) The country and the people in Kāśmīra. -रम् Flesh. -Comp. -इष्टः the mango tree (liked by parrots), also walnut. -कर्णकः a kind of perfume.
kuc कुच् I. 6 P. (कुचति, कुचित) 1 To utter a shrill cry (as a bird). -2 To go. -3 To polish. -4 To contract, bend. -5 To be contracted. -6 To stop, impede. -7 To write or delineate. -8 To mix, connect. -II. 1 P. कुञ्च् also (कोचति, कुञ्चति कुञ्चित) 1 To make crooked, bend or curve. -2 To move or go crookedly. -3 To make small, lessen. -4 To shrink, contract. -5 To go to or towards.
keśava केशव a. [केशाः प्रशस्ताः सन्त्यस्य; केश-व P.V.2.19] Having much, fine or luxuriant hair. -वः An epithet of Viṣṇu; केशव जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; केशवं पतितं दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवा हर्षनिर्भराः Subhās. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The month of मार्गशीर्ष. -Comp. -आयुधः the mango tree. (-धम्) a weapon of Viṣṇu. -आलयः, -आवासः the Aśvattha tree. -दैवज्ञः N. of an astronomer. -स्वामिन् N. of a grammarian.
kokilaḥ कोकिलः ला [कुल-इलच् Uṇ.1.54.] 1 The (Indian or black) cuckoo; पुंस्कोकिलो यन्मधुरं चुकूज Ku.3.32;4.16; R.12.39. -2 A fire-brand. -Comp. -आवासः, -उत्सवः the mango tree. -इक्षुः a kind of sugar-cane. -प्रियः (in music) a kind of measure. -व्रतम् N. of an observance.
kośi कोशि (षि) न m. The mango tree.
kram क्रम् 1 U., 4. P. (क्रामति, क्रमते, क्राम्यति, चक्राम, चक्रमे, अक्रमीत्, अक्रस्त, क्रान्त) 1 To walk, step, go; क्रामत्यनुदिते सूर्ये वाली व्यपगतक्लमः Rām.; गम्यमानं न तेनासीदगतं क्रामता पुरः Bk.8.2;25. -2 To go to, approach (with acc.).; देवा इमान् लोकानक्रमन्त Śat. Br. -3 To pass or go over, go across, traverse; U.2.13; सुखं योजनपञ्चाशत्क्रमेयम् Rām. -4 To leap, jump; क्रमं वबन्धं क्रमितुं सकोपः (हरिः) Bk. -5 To go up, ascend; क्रामत्युच्चैर्भूभृतो यस्य तेजः Śi.16.83. -6 (a) To cover, occupy, take possession of, fill; क्रान्ता यथा चेतसि विस्मयेन R.14.17. (b) To reach up to, pervade, penetrate; क्रामद्भिर्घनपदवीमनेकसंख्यैः Ki.5.34. -7 To surpass, excel; स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1. 14. -8 To undertake, strive after, be able or competent for, show energy for (with dat. or inf.); व्याकरणाध्यय- नाय क्रमते Sk; धर्माय क्रमते साधुः Vop; व्युत्पत्तिरावर्जितकोविदापि न रञ्जनाय क्रमते जडानाम् Vikr.1.16; हत्वा रक्षांसि लवितुमक्रमी- न्मारुतिः पुनः । अशोकवनिकामेव Bk.9.23. -9 To be developed or increased, to have full scope, be at home (with loc.); कृत्येषु क्रमन्ते Dk.17; क्रमन्ते$स्मिञ्शास्त्राणि, or ऋक्षु क्रमते बुद्धिः Sk. क्रममाणो$रिसंसदि Bk.8.22. -1 To succeed, have effect (Atm.); न चक्रमस्याक्रमताधिकं धरम् Śi.1.54. -11 To be repeated (as a letter or word in the arrangement called क्रम q. v.) -12 To fulfil, accomplish. -13 To have sexual intercourse with; to cover (in copulation); क्रमस्पर्श इव रोहितमनवग्लायता सदा Av.4.4.7. (By वृत्तिसर्गतायनेषु क्रमः P.I.3.38; क्रम् by itself is used in the Ātm. in the sense of 'continuity' or 'want of interruption', 'energy or application', and 'development or increase', and also 'conquering or getting over.) -Caus. (क्रमयति, क्रामयति) 1 To cause to go &c. -2 To repeat a letter (as in the क्रम arrangement). -Desid. चिक्रमिषति, चिक्रंसते &c.
kharv खर्व् (खर्वति, खर्वित) 1 To go, move, go towards. -2 To be proud. खर्व (-र्ब) a. [खर्व्-अच्] 1 Mutilated, crippled, imperfect; Yv. Ts. -2 Dwarfish, low, short in stature. -र्वः, -र्वम् A large number (1,,,). -3 N. of one of the treasures of Kubera. -Comp. -इतर a. not small, great; प्रमुदितहृदः सर्वे खर्वेतरस्मयसंगताः Śiva. B.22.71. -शाख a. dwarfish, small, short.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gam गम् 1 P. (गच्छति, जगाम, अगमत्, गमिष्यति, गन्तुम्, गत desid.; जिगमिषति, जिगांसते Ātm.; freq. जङ्गम्यते; जङ्गमीति or जङ्गन्ति) 1 To go, move in general; गच्छत्वार्या पुनर्दर्शनाय V.5; गच्छति पुरः शरीरं धावति पश्चादसंस्तुतं चेतः Ś.1.33; क्वाधुना गम्यते 'where art thou going'. -2 To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; उत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3. -3 To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; यदगम्यो$पि गम्यते Pt.1.7; एनो गच्छति कर्तारम् Ms.8.19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the doer; 4.199; so धरणिं मूर्ध्ना गम् &c. -4 To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); दिनेषु गच्छत्सु R.3.8 as days rolled on, in course of time; Me.85; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1; गच्छता कालेन in the long run. -5 To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in. -ता, -त्व &c, or any noun in the acc.); गमिष्या- म्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26 went by or received the name of Umā; so तृप्तिं गच्छति becomes satisfied; विषादं गतः became dejected; कोपं न गच्छति does not become angry; आनृण्यं गतः became released from debt; मनसा गम् to think of, remember; Ku.2.63; वृषेण गच्छतः riding a bull; Ku.5.8. -6 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; गुरोः सुतां ... यो गच्छति पुमान् Pt.2.17; Y.1.8. -Caus. (गमयति-ते) 1 To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); गमितः गतिम् Ku.4.24; Bh.3.38; Ki.2.7. -2 To spend, pass (as time). -3 To make clear, explain, expound. -4 To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; द्वौ नञौ प्रकृतार्थ गमयतः 'two negatives make one affirmative'. -5 To send to. -6 To bring to a place (acc.). -7 To impart, grant, bestow. -8 To intend, mean.
gāh गाह् 1 Ā. [गाहते, जगाहे, अगाहिष्ट, अगाढ, गाहितुम्, गाढुम्, गाढ or गाहित] 1 To dive or plunge into, bathe, immerse oneself into (as water); गाहन्तां महिषा निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहु- स्ताडितम् Ś.2.6; गाहितासे$थ पुण्यस्य गङ्गामूर्तिमिव द्रुताम् Bk.22.11;14.67; (fig. also); मनस्तु मे संशयमेव गाहते Ku.5.46 is plunged into or entertains doubt. -2 To enter deeply into, penetrate, roam or range over; गाहितमखिलं गहनम् Bv.1.21; कदाचित्काननं जगाहे K.58; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे तस्मिन्वनं गोप्तरि गाहमाने R.2.14; Me.5; H.1.15; Ki.13.24. -3 To stir up, agitate, shake, churn. -4 To be absorbed in (with loc.). -5 To hide oneself in. -6 To destroy. With सम् to enter, go to or into, penetrate into; समगाहिष्ट चाम्बरम् Bk.15.59.
cay चय् 1 Ā. (चयते) To go to or towards, move.
cāmaraḥ चामरः रम् [चमर्याः विकारः तत्पुच्छनिर्मितत्वात्] also -रा -री sometimes. 1 A chowrie or bushy tail of the Chamara (Bos Grunniens) used as a fly-flap or fan, and reckoned as one of the insignia of royalty (and sometimes used as a sort of streamer on the heads of horses); व्याधूयन्ते निचुलतरुभिर्मञ्जरीचामराणि V.4.4; अदेय- मासीत् त्रयमेव भूपतेः शशिप्रभं छत्रमुभे च चामरे R.3.16; Ku.7.42; H.2.29; Me.35; चित्रन्यस्तमिवाचलं हयशिर- स्यायामवच्चामरम् V.1.4; Ś.1.8. -Comp. -ग्राहः, -ग्राहिन् m. a person who carries a chowrie. -ग्राहिणी a waiting girl who carries in her hand a chowrie and waves it over the head of a king &c; पृष्ठे लीलावलयरणितं चामर- ग्राहिणीनाम् Bh.3.61. -पुष्पः, -पुष्पकः 1 the betel-nut tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -3 the mango tree.
cūtaḥ चूतः [चूष्-क्त, चोतति रसं चुत्-अच् वा पृषो˚ Tv.] 1 The mango tree; ईषद्बद्धरजः कणाग्रकपिशा चूते नवा मञ्जरी V.2.7; चूताङ्कुरास्वादकषायकण्ठः Ku.3.32; one of the 5 arrows of Cupid; see पञ्चबाण. -तम् The anus. -Comp. -यष्टिः The mango branch. चूतयष्ट्या समाश्लिष्टो दृश्यतां तिलकद्रुमः । Bu. Ch.4.46.
cūtakaḥ चूतकः 1 The mango tree. -2 A small well.
cyūtaḥ च्यूतः The mango tree.
jeh जेह् 1 Ā (जेहते) Ved. 1 To reach, go towards. -2 To strive after, exert. -3 To open the mouth, pant, gasp; अरेणुभिर्जेहमानं पतत्रि Rv.1.163.6.
tantr तन्त्र् 1 U. (तन्त्रयति-ते, तन्त्रित) 1 To rule, control, govern; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा Ś.5.5. -2 To perform or go through in order; तेन तन्त्रयतस्तन्त्रं वृत्तिः स्यात्तत्त- दाचरेत् Mb.12.215.21. -3 To maintain by discipline, keep in order. -4 (Ā.) To support, maintain (as a family).
tārakaḥ तारकः N. of a demon killed by Kārtikeya. [He was the son of Vajrāṅga and Varāṅgī. He propitiated the god Brahmadeva by means of his penance on the Pāriyātra mountain, and asked as a boon that he should not be killed by any one except a child seven days old. On the strength of this boon be began to oppress the gods who were obliged to go to Brahmā and ask his assistance in the destruction of the demon (see Ku.2). But they were told that the offspring of Śiva could alone vanquish him. Afterwards Kārtikeya was born, and he slew the demon on the seventh day of his birth]. -Comp. -अरिः, -जित्, -रिपुः, -वैरिन्, -सूदन m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; जेयस्तारकसूदनो युधि करक्रीडत्कुठारस्य च P. R.4.16. (For other senses, see under तॄ).
damayantī दमयन्ती 1 N. of the daughter of Bhīma, king of the Vidarbhas. [She was so called because by her matchless beauty she subdued the pride of all lovely women; cf. N.2.18 :-- भुवनत्रयसुभ्रुवामसौ दमयन्ती कमनीयतामदम् । उदियाय यतस्तनुश्रिया दमयन्तीति ततो$भिधां दधौ ॥ A golden swan first described to her the beauty and virtues of king Nala, and through him she communicated her love to Nala. Afterwards at the Svayaṁvara she chose Nala for her husband from out of a host of competitors among whom were the four gods Indra, Agni, Yama, and Varuṇa themselves, and the lovely pair spent some years very happily. But their happiness was not destined to last long. Kali, envious of the good fortune of Nala, entered his body, and induced him to play at dice with his brother Puskara. In the heat of the play the infatuated monarch staked and lost everything except himself and his wife. Nala and Damayantī were, therefore, driven out of the kingdom, 'clad in a single garment'. While wandering through the wilderness, Damayantī had to pass through several trying adventures, but her devotion to her husband remained entirely unshaken. One day while she was asleep, Nala in the frenzy of despair abandoned her, and she was obliged to go to her father's house. After some time she was united with her husband, and they passed the rest of their lives in the undisturbed enjoyment of happiness. See Nala and Ṛituparna also.] -2 N. of a flowering plant (Mar. मोगरी).
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
nas नस् 1 Ā. (नसते) Ved. 1 To approach, go towards. -2 To copulate. -3 To be crooked or curved, to bend.
nigam निगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, attain, acquire, obtain; यत्र दुःखान्तं च निगच्छति Bg.18.36;9.31. -2 To get knowledge, learn. -3 To be inserted. -4 To enter (with acc. or loc.).
nirvas निर्वस् 1 P. 1 To live out, i. e. to go to the end of (as a period). -2 To dwell abroad. -Caus. To banish, drive away, expel; निर्वासिताप्येवमतस्त्वयाहं तपस्विसामान्यम- वेक्षणीया R.14.67. निर्वासः nirvāsḥ निर्वासनम् nirvāsanam निर्वासः निर्वासनम् 1 Expulsion, banishment. -2 Killing, slaughter. -3 Leaving one's home, living abroad (निर्वास only in this sense).
nistṝ निस्तॄ 1 P. 1 To pass through, cross over (fig. also); निस्तीर्णा प्रतिज्ञासरित् Mu.1; Bh.3.4; Ve.6.36. -2 To fulfil, accomplish. -3 To pass or get over, surmount, overcome; धनैरापदं मानवा निस्तरन्ति Subhās.; R.3.7. -4 To complete, go to the end of; पितुर्नियोगाद्वनवासमेवं निस्तीर्य रामः प्रतिपन्नराज्यः R.14.21. -5 To pass or spend (as a time). -6 To expiate, atone for. -7 To get out of, escape, be saved from. -Caus. 1 To deliver, rescue; save; निस्तारयति दुर्गाच्च महतश्चैव किल्बिषात् Ms.3.98. -2 To overcome, surmount.
nṛ नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59.
pat पत् I. 1 P. (पतति, पतित) 1 To fall, fall down, come down, descend, drop down, alight; अवाङ्मुखस्योपरि पुष्पवृष्टिः पपात विद्याधरहस्तमुक्ता R.2.6; वृष्टिर्भवने चास्य पेतुषी 1.77; (रेणुः) पतति परिणतारुणप्रकाशः शलभसमूह इवाश्रमद्रुमेषु Ś.1.31; Me.17; Bk.7.9;21.6. -2 To fly, move through the air, soar; हन्तुं कलहकारो$सौ शब्दकारः पपात खम् Bk.5.1; see पतत् below. -3 To set, sink (below the horizon); सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनादल्पशेषमैर्यूखैः Ś.4.2 v. l.; पतत्पतङ्गप्रतिमस्तपो- निधिः Śi.1.12. -4 To cast oneself at, throw oneself down, मयि ते पादपतिते किंकरत्वमुपागते Pt.4.7; so चरणपतितम् Me.15; -5 To fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit one's rank or position, fall off; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97;3.16;5.19;9.2; Y.1. 38. -6 To come down (as from heaven); पतन्ति पितरो ह्येषां लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रियाः Bg.1.42. -7 To fall, be reduced to wretchedness or misery; प्रायः कन्दुकपातेनोत्पतत्यार्यः पतन्नपि Bh.2.123. -8 To go down into hell, go to perdition; Ms.11.37; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु पतन्ति नरके$शुचौ Bg.16.16. -9 To fall, occur, come to pass, take place; लक्ष्मीर्यत्र पतन्ति तत्र विवृतद्वारा इव व्यापदः Subhāṣ. -1 To be directed to, light or fall upon (with loc.); प्रसादसौम्यानि सतां सुहृज्जने पतन्ति चक्षूंषि न दारुणाः शराः Ś.6.29. -11 To fall to one's lot or share. -12 To be in, fall in or into. -Caus. (पातयति-ते, पतयति rarely) 1 To cause to fall down, descend or sink &c.; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38;9.61;11.76. -2 To let fall, throw or drop down, fell down (as trees &c.). -3 To ruin, overthrow; व्यपदेशमाविलयितुं किमीहसे जनमिमं च पातयितुम् Ś.5. 21. -4 To shed (as tears). -5 To cast, direct (as the sight). -6 To dash or strike out. -7 To throw or put in, cause to enter. -8 To bring to ruin or misfortune. -9 To depreciate, lower the value of anything; अर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -1 (In arith.) To subtract, deduct. -11 To set in motion, set on foot. -Desid. (पिपतिषति or पित्सति) To wish to fall. -II. 4.Ā. (पत्यते) Ved. 1 To be master of. -2 To rule, control. -3 To possess. -4 To be fit for, serve for (with dat.) -III. 1. U. (पतयति-ते) 1 To go, move. -2 To be master of (intransitive).
pad पद् I. 1 Ā. (पदयते) To go or move. -II. 4. Ā. (पद्यते, पन्न; caus. पादयति-ते; desid, पित्सते) 1 To go, move. -2 To go to, approach (with acc.) -3 To attain, obtain, gain; ज्योतिषामाधिपत्यं च प्रभावं चाप्यपद्यत Mb. -4 To observe, practise; स्वधर्मं पद्यमानास्ते Mb. -5 Ved. To fall down with fatigue. -6 Ved. To perish. -7 To fall out. -III. 1 P. (पदति) To stand fast or fixed.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
paripat परिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly round or about, wheel or whirl round, hover about; बिन्दूत्क्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13; Amaru. after 56 (प्रक्षिप्त). -2 To spring down upon, attack, fall upon (as in battle). -3 To run in all directions; (हयाः) परिपेतुर्दिशो दश Mb. -4 To go to or fall into; Śi.11.41. -Caus. To shoot off or down.
parī परी (परि-इ) 2 P. 1 To go round, circumambulate; (चरणन्यासं) भक्तिनम्रः परीयाः Me.57; Ms.2.48. -2 To surround, encompass; हुतवहपरीतं गृहमिव Ś.5.1; विष- वल्लीभिः परीताभिर्महौषधिः R.12.61; so कोपपरीतमानसम् Ki. 2.25. -3 To go to, think of (objects &c.). -4 To be changed or transformed. -5 To reach to. -6 To run against.
paryupās पर्युपास् 2 Ā. 1 To attend upon, worship, attend respectfully; पर्युपास्यन्त लक्ष्म्या R.1.62; Ku.2.38; Ms.7.37. -2 To go to (for protection), resort to; seek shelter or patronage with; अशक्ता एव सर्वत्र नरेन्द्रं पर्युपासते Pt.1.241. -3 To enclose, surround. -4 To share in, partake of. -5 To sit on. -6 To live round. पर्युपासक paryupāsaka सिन् sin सितृ sitṛ पर्युपासक सिन् सितृ m. A worshipper.
palālaḥ पलालः लम् Straw, husk; Mb.13.79.17; Ms.5. 122; पलालजालैः पिहितः स्वयं हि प्रकाशमासादयतीक्षुडिम्भः N.8.2. -Comp. -दोहदः the mango tree (the fruit of which is ripened in straw). -भारकः a load of straw; Ms.11.133.
pārayiṣṇu पारयिष्णु a. 1 Pleasing, gratifying. -2 Able to go to the end of or accomplish anything. -3 Successful, victorious.
pikaḥ पिकः The (Indian) cuckoo; कुसुमशरासनशासनवन्दिनि पिकनिकरे भज भावम् Gīt.11; or उन्मीलन्ति कुहूः कुहूरिति कलोत्तालाः पिकानां गिरः Gīt.1; काकः कृष्णः पिकः कृष्णः को भेदः पिककाकयोः Udb. -Comp. -आनन्दः, -बान्धवः the spring. -पञ्चमः The song of the cuckoo supposed to represent the fifth note of the gamut; चकार वाचं पिकपञ्चमेन N.1. 129. -बन्धुः, -रागः, -वल्लभः the mango tree.
puṇḍarīkam पुण्डरीकम् 1 A lotus-flower, especially a white lotus; Nelumbium Speciosum; हृत्पुण्डरीकान्तरसंनिविष्टं स्वतेजसा व्याप्तनभो$वकाशम् Śivakavacha; U.6.12,29; Māl.9.14. -2 A white parasol. -3 A medicine, drug. -कः 1 The white colour. -2 N. of the elephant presiding over the south-east direction; तेन द्विपानामिव पुण्डरीको राज्ञामजय्यो$जनि पुण्डरीकः R.18.8. -3 A tiger. -4 A kind of serpent. -5 A species of rice. -6 A kind of leprosy. -7 A fever in an elephant. -8 A kind of mango tree. -9 A pitcher, water-pot. -1 Fire. -11 A (sectarial) mark on the fore-head. -12 A kind of sacrifice; पुण्डरीकसहस्रेण वाजपेयशतैस्तथा Mb.7.63.2. -13 N. of an ancient and renowned devotee of the god Viṭhobā. -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Viṣṇu; यं पुण्डरीकाक्षमिव श्रिता श्रीः R.18.8. -प्लवः a kind of bird. -मुखी a kind of leech.
pratigam प्रतिगम् 1 P. 1 To go towards, advance. -2 To return.
pratipad प्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To step or go towards, approach, resort or betake oneself to; उमामुखं तु प्रतिपद्य लोलाद् द्विसंश्रयां प्रीतिमवाप लक्ष्मीः Ku.1.43. -2 To enter upon, step upon, take, follow (as a way &c.); इतः पन्थानं प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तवं Ku.4.1. -3 To arrive at, reach; attain; मरणमप्यपराः प्रतिपेदिरे Śi.6.16. -4 To get, gain, obtain, share, partake; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5,13;4.1,41; 11.34;12.7;19.55; तदोत्तमविदां लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg. 14.14; Śi.1.63. -5 To accept, take to; प्रतिपत्तुमङ्ग घटते च न तव नृपयोग्यमर्हणम् Śi.15.22;16.24. -6 To recover, reobtain, regain, receive; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात् प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31; Ku.4.16;7.22. -7 To admit, acknowledge; न मासे प्रतिपत्तासे मां चेन्मर्तासि मैथिलि Bk.8.95; Ś.5.23; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -8 To hold, grasp, seize; सुमन्त्रप्रतिपन्नरश्मिभिः R.14.47; -9 To consider, regard, deem, look upon; तद्धनुर्ग्रहणमेव राघवः प्रत्यपद्यत समर्थमुत्तरम् R.11.79. -1 To undertake, promise to do, take in hand; निर्वाहः प्रतिपन्नवस्तुषु सतामेतद् हि गोत्रव्रतम् Mu.2.18; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; R.1.4. -11 To assent or agree to, consent; तथेति प्रतिपन्नाय R.15.93. -12 To do, perform, practise, observe; आचार प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; V.2 'do the formal obeisance'; शासनमर्हतां प्रतिपद्यध्वम् Mu.4.18 'act up to or obey'. -13 To act or behave towards, deal, do anything to any one (with gen. or loc.); स कालयवनश्चापि किं कृष्णे प्रत्यपद्यत Hariv.; स भवान् मातृपितृवदस्मासु प्रतिपद्यताम् Mb.; कथमहं प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5; न युक्तं भवतास्मासु प्रतिपत्तुमसांप्रतम् Mb. -14 To give or return (as a reply); कथं प्रतिवचनमपि न प्रतिपद्यसे Mu.6; न जाने किं तातः प्रतिपत्स्यत इति Ś.4. -15 To perceive, become aware of. -16 To know, understand, become acquainted with, learn, discover. -17 To roam, wander. -18 To take place, occur. -19 To restore. -2 To permit, allow. -21 To take place, happen. -22 To go back, return. (-Caus.) 1 To give, present, bestow, confer upon, impart; अर्थिभ्यः प्रतिपाद्यमानमनिशं प्राप्नोति वृद्धिं पराम् Bh.2.16; Ms.11.4; गुणवते कन्या प्रतिपादनीया Ś.4. -2 To substantiate, prove, establish by proof; उक्तमेवार्थ- मुदाहरणेन प्रतिपादयति. -3 To explain, expound. -4 To bring or lead back, convey or transport (to a place) -5 To regard, consider. -6 To assert, declare to be represent. -7 To procure. -8 To effect, accomplish. -9 To communicate, teach. -1 To appoint to, install (loc.) -11 To prepare, get ready. -12 To dispose off; एष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थमन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यते ŚB on MS.4.2.21
pratisṛ प्रतिसृ 1 P. To go back, return. -2 To go towards, rush upon, attack, assail; दैत्यः प्रत्यसरद्देवं मत्तो मत्तमिव द्विपम् Hariv. -Caus. 1 To push backwards, replace; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12. -2 To repel, drive away or back.
pratī प्रती (प्रति-इ) 2 P. 1 To go back to, return; प्रतीयाय गुरोः सकाशम् R.5.35; Bk.3.19. -2 To go to, approach, turn to. -3 To fall to the lot of. -4 To reach, attain. -5 To believe, trust, be certain or sure of, rely on; कः प्रत्येति सैवेयमिति U.4;1.44; ततः परशुरामस्य न प्रतीमः पराभवम् Mv.2.14. -6 To learn, understand, know, प्रतीयते धातुरिवेहितं फलैः Ki.1.2; Śi.1.69. -7 To be well-known or celebrated; सो$यं वटः श्याम इति प्रतीतः R.13.53. -8 To be pleased or satisfied; प्रतिः प्रतीतः प्रसवोन्मुखीं प्रियाम् (ददर्श) R.3.12;16.23. -9 To face (an opponent); सहसैन्यानहं तांश्च प्रतीयां रणमूर्धनि Mb.5.172.13. -Pass. 1 To be recognized or perceived. -2 To be proved, turn out to be true. -3 To follow from anything (as a necessary result). -Caus. (प्रत्याययति) 1 To cause to believe; convince, inspire confidence; एष विवाद एव प्रत्याययति Ś.7;5.31; ताः खचारित्र्यमुद्दिश्य प्रत्याययतु मैथिली R.15.73. -To cause to perceive, bring to mind. -3 To Prove, demonstrate, show.
prapad प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.
prāp प्राप् 5 P. To get, obtain, gain, acquire; अतिथिं नाम काकुत्स्थात् पुत्रं प्राप कुमुद्वती R.17.1. -2 To attain to, go to, reach; यथा महाह्रदं प्राप्य क्षिप्तं लोष्टं विनश्यति Ms.11.264; R.1.48; Bk.15.16; so आश्रमम्, नदीम्, वनम् &c.; प्राप्या- वन्तीन् Me.3. -3 To stretch, extend. -4 To meet with, find, light upon, overtake; जटायुः प्राप पक्षीन्द्रः परुषं रावणं वदन् Bk.5.96. -5 To result or follow (as a conclusion); परिच्छिन्नस्तावज्जीव इति प्राप्नोति Ś. B. -6 To incur, bring upon oneself (दोष, दण्ड &c.); स शतं प्राप्नुयाद्दण्डम् Ms.8. 225. -7 To suffer, endure; न वधं प्राप्नुयान्नरः Ms.8.364. -8 To be changed into (in gram.). -9 To be present, be at hand (Ved.). -Caus. 1 To lead or bring to, take to, convey; सपत्नीः प्रापयन्त्यब्धिं सिन्धवो नगनिम्नगाः Śi.2.14; वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रियास्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11,32; Ve.3.7; R.14.45,6. -2 To cause to obtain, give, provide; अभिमन्युतनयमसून् प्रापितवान् K.175 'restored to life, revived'. -3 To promote or advance, appoint to (an office). -4 To tell, communicate.
priya प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary.
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
phalinī फलिनी फली The Priyaṅgu creeper; (said by poets to be the 'wife' of the mango tree; cf. मिथुनं परिकल्पितं त्वया सहकारः फलिनी च नन्विमौ R.8.61).
bhaj भज् I. 1 U. (भजति-ते but usually Atm. only; बभाज, भेजे, अभाक्षीत्, अभक्त, भक्ष्यति-ते, भक्त) 1 (a) To share, distribute, divide; भजेरन् पैतृकं रिक्थम् Ms.9.14; न तत्पुत्रै- र्भजेत् सार्धम् 29,119. (b) To assign, allot, apportion; गायत्रीमग्नये$भजत् Ait. Br. -2 To obtain for oneself, share in, partake of; पित्र्यं वा भजते शीलम् Ms.1.59. -3 To accept, receive; चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादावुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl.5.25. -4 (a) To resort to, betake oneself to, have recourse to; शिलातलं भेजे K.179; मातर्लक्ष्मि भजस्व कंचिदपरम् Bh.3.64; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमप- कृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5.1; Bv.1.83; R.17.28. (b) To practise, follow, cultivate, observe; तृष्णां छिन्धि भज क्षमाम् Bh.2.77; भेजे धर्ममनातुरः R.1.21; Mu.3.1. -5 To enjoy, possess, have, suffer, experience, entertain; विधुरपि भजतेतरां कलङ्कम् Bv.1.74; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; व्यक्तिं भजन्त्यापगाः Ś.7.8; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43; Māl.3.9; U.1.35. -6 To wait or attend upon, serve; (दोग्ध्रीं) भेजे भुजोच्छिन्नरि- पुर्निषण्णाम् R.2.23; Pt.1.181; Mk.1.32. -7 To adore, honour, worship (as a god). -8 To choose, select, prefer, accept; सन्तः परीक्ष्यान्यतरद्भजन्ते M.1.2. -9 To enjoy carnally; वसोर्वीर्योत्पन्नामभजत मुनिर्मत्स्यतनयाम् Pt.4.5. -1 To be attached or devoted to; आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यं विद्याविहीनमकुलीनमसंस्कृतं वा Pt.1.35. -11 To take possession of. -12 To fall to the lot of any one. -13 To grant, bestow. -14 To supply, furnish (Ved.). -15 To favour; ये यथा मां प्रपद्यन्ते तांस्तथैव भजाम्यहम् Bg.4.11. -16 To decide in favour of, declare for. -17 To love, court (affection). -18 To apply oneself to, be engaged in. -19 To cook, dress (food). -2 To employ, engage. (The meanings of this root are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected:-e. g. निद्रां भज् to go to sleep; मूर्छां भज् to swoon; भावं भज् to show love for &c. &c.). -Caus. 1 To divide. -2 To put to flight, pursue. -3 To cook, dress. -II. 1.U. (भाजयति-ते, regarded by some as the caus. of भज् I) 1 To cook. -2 To give.
bharataḥ भरतः [भरं तनोति तन्-ड] 1 N. of the son of Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā, who became a universal monarch (चक्रवर्तिन्), India being called Bharatavarṣa after him. He was one of the remote ancestors of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; cf. Ś.7.33. -2 N. of a brother of Rāma, son of Kaikeyī, the youngest wife of Daśaratha. He was very pious and righteous, and was so much devoted to Rāma that when the latter prepared to go to the forest in accordance with the wicked demand of Kaikeyī, he was very much grieved to find that his own mother had sent his brother into exile, and refusing the sovereignty that was his own, ruled the kingdom in the name of Rāma (by bringing from him his two sandals and making them the 'regents' of the realm) till he returned after his fourteen years' exile. भरतो नाम कैकेय्यां जज्ञे सत्यपराक्रमः । साक्षाद्विष्णोश्चतुर्भागः सर्वैः समुदितो गुणैः ॥ Rām.1.18.13. -3 N. of an ancient sage who is supposed to have been the founder of the science of music and dramaturgy. -4 An actor, a stage-player; तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1. -5 A hired soldier, mercenary. -6 A barbarian, mountaineer. -7 An epithet of Agni. -8 A weaver. -9 N. of the sage Jaḍabharata. -Comp. -अग्रजः 'the elder brother of Bharata', an epithet of Rāma; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -ऋषभः N. of Viśvāmitra. ऋषभः, -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः the best or most distinguished of the descendants of Bharata. -खण़्डम् N. of a part of India; भरतवर्षे भरतखण्डे जम्बुद्वीपे दण्डकारण्ये. -ज्ञ a. knowing the science of Bharata or the dramatic science. -पुत्रः, -पुत्रकः an actor; a mime. -वर्षः 'the country of Bharata', i. e. India. -वाक्यम् the last verse or verses in a drama, a sort of benediction (said to be in honour of Bharata, the founder of the dramatic science); तथापीदमस्तु भरत- वाक्यम् (occurring in every play); cf. Nāg.5 (end.) -शास्त्रम् = नाट्यशास्त्रम्.
bhṛṅgaḥ भृङ्गः [भृ-गन् कित् नुट् च Uṇ.1.122.] 1 A large black bee; मञ्जु गुञ्जन्तु भृङ्गाः Bv.1.5; R.8.53. -2 A kind of wasp. -3 A kind of bird. -4 A libertine, dissolute or lecherous man; cf. भ्रमर. -5 A golden vase or jar. -6 The fork-tailed shrike. -7 A kind of measure (in music). -ङ्गम् Talc. -ङ्गी 1 The female of the large black bee; भृङ्गीव पुष्पं पुरुषं स्त्री वाञ्छति नवं नवम्. -2 A poisonous plant (अतिविष). -Comp. -अधिपः the queen of bees. -अभीष्टः the mango tree. -आनन्दा the Yūthikā creeper. -आवली a flight of bees. -जम् 1 aloe-wood. -2 talc. (-जा) the plant भार्गी. -पर्णिका small cardamoms. -प्रिया the Mādhavī creeper. -राज् m. 1 a kind of large bee. -2 N. of a shrub. -राजः 1 see भृङ्गराज्. -2 N. of a bird; शुकशारिका भृङ्गराजो वा सर्पविषशङ्कायां क्रोशति Kau. A.1.2.17; Mb.12.327.4. -रिटिः, -रीटिः N. of one of the attendants of Śiva (said to be very deformed). -रोलः a kind of wasp. -वल्लभः a species of Kadamba.
makarandaḥ मकरन्दः [मकरमपि द्यति कामजनकत्वात् दो-अवखन्डने क पृषो˚ मुम् Tv.] 1 The honey of flowers, flower-juice; निषिद्धै- रप्येभिर्लुलितमकरन्दो मधुकरैः Ve.1.1; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दाना- मयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6,8. -2 A kind of jasmine. -3 The cuckoo. -4 A bee. -5 A kind of fragrant mango tree. -6 (In music) A kind of measure. -न्दम् A filament.
madirā मदिरा 1 Spirituous liquor; काङ्क्षत्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दोहद- च्छद्मनास्याः Me.8 (v. l.); Śi.11.49. -2 A kind of wagtail. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 N of a metre; सप्तभकारकृताबसितौ च गुरुः कविभिः कथिता मदिरा V. Ratna. (com.). -Comp. -उत्कट, -उन्मत्त a. intoxicated with spirituous liquor. -गृहम्, -शाला an ale-house, dram-house, a tavern. -मदान्ध a. dead drunk. -सखः the mango tree.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
madhūlaḥ मधूलः [मधु लाति ला-क पृषो˚] A kind of tree. -ली 1 The mango tree. -2 Liquorice. -3 A kind of citron. -4 Pollen. -लम् Honey. a. Astringent, bitter, and sweet.
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
manmathaḥ मन्मथः 1 Cupid, the god of love; मन्मथो मां मथ्नन्निज- नाम सान्वयं करोति Dk.1; Me.75; न मन्मथस्त्वं स हि नास्ति- मूर्तिः N. 8.29. -2 Love, passion; प्रबोध्यते सुप्त इवाद्य मान्मथः Ṛs.1.8; so परोक्षमन्मथः जनः Ś.2.19. -3 The wood apple. -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -था N. of Dākṣāyaṇī. -a. Enchanting, attractive; साक्षान्मन्मथमन्मथः Bhāg. 1.32.2. -Comp. -आनन्दः a kind of mango tree. -आलयः 1 the mango tree. -2 pudendum muliebre. -कर a. exciting love. -बन्धुः the moon. -युद्धम् amorous strife, sexual union, copulation. -लेखः a love letter; क्लान्तो मन्मथलेख एष नलिनीपत्रे नखैरर्पितः Ś.3.26.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mākandaḥ माकन्दः The mango tree; माकन्द न प्रपेदे मधुपेन तवोपमा जगति Bv.1.29; माकन्दक्रन्दकान्ता$धरधरणितलम् Gīt. -न्दी 1 The myrobalan tree. -2 Yellow sandal. -3 N. of a city on the Ganges.
mānasa मानस a. (-सी f.) [मन एव, मनस इदं वा अण्] 1 Pertaining to the mind, mental, spiritual (opp. शारीर). -2 Produced from the mind, sprung at will; ब्रह्मणो मानसपुत्राः; किं मानसी सृष्टिः Ś.4; Ku.1.18; मद्भावा मानसा जाता Bg.1. 6. -3 Only to be conceived in the mind, conceivable; अहिंसा सत्यमस्तेयं ब्रह्मचर्यमलुब्धता । एतानि मानसानि स्युर्व्रतानि ...... -4 Tacit, implied. -5 Dwelling on the lake Mānasa; न रमते मरालस्य मानसं मानसं विना Udb. -सः A form of Viṣṇu. -सम् 1 The mind, heart, soul; सपदि मदनानलो दहति मम मानसम् Gīt.1; अपि च मानसमम्बुनिधिः Bv.1.113; मानसं विषयैर्विना (भाति) 116. -2 N. of a sacred lake on the mountain Kailāsa; कैलासशिखरे राम मनसा निर्मितं सरः । ब्रह्मणा प्रागिदं यस्मात्तदभून्मानसं सरः ॥ Rām.; (it is said to be the native place of swans, who are described as migrating to its shores every year at the commencement of the breeding season or the monsoons; मेघश्यामा दिशो दृष्ट्वा मानसोत्सुकचेतसाम् । कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V.4.14,15; यस्यास्तोये कृतवसतयो मानसं संनिकृष्टं नाध्यास्यन्ति व्यपगतशुचस्त्वामपि प्रेक्ष्य हंसाः Me.78; (see Me.11; Ghaṭ. 9 also); R.6.26; Me.64. Bv.1.3. -3 (In law) Tacit or implied consent. -4 A kind of salt. -5 The mental powers. -Comp. -आलयः a swan, goose. -उत्क a. eager to go to Mānasa; तच्छ्रुत्वा ते श्रवण- सुभगं गर्जितं मानसोत्काः Me.11. -ओकस्, -चारिन् m. a swan. -जन्मन् m. 1 the god of love. -2 a swan. -पूजा mental or spiritual devotion (opp. मूर्तिपूजा). -शुच् f. mental sorrow, grief.
mṛṣālakaḥ मृषालकः The mango tree.
modaḥ मोदः [मुद्-घञ्] 1 Delight, pleasure, joy, gladness; यत्रानन्दाश्च मोदाश्च U.2.12; R.5.15; अनुपदनिगदितमधुरिपु- मोदम् Gīt. -2 Perfume, fragrance; अश्विनोरोषधीनां च घ्राणो मोदप्रमोदयोः Bhāg.2.6.2. -दा A species of plant (अज- मोदा); also मोदाढ्या. -Comp. -आख्यः the mango tree.
या 2 P. (याति, ययौ, अयासीत्, यास्यति, यातुम्, यात) 1 To go, move, walk, proceed; ययौ तदीयामवलम्ब्य चाङ्गुलिम् R.3.25; अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः 2.16. -2 To march against, invade; तदा यायाद् विगृह्यैव व्यसने चोत्थिते रिपोः Ms. 7.183. -3 To go to, march towards, set out for (with acc., dat. or with प्रति). -4 To pass away, withdraw, depart; यातु प्रस्तुतमनुसंधीयताम् H.3. 'let it go or pass, never mind it' -5 To vanish, disappear; यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.66; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1. 13. -6 To pass away or by, elapse (as time); यौवन- मनिवर्ति यातं तु K. P.1. -7 To last. -8 To happen, come to pass. -9 To go or be reduced to any state, be or become (usually with the acc. of abstract noun). -1 To undertake; न त्वस्य सिद्धौ यास्यामि सर्गव्यापारमात्मना Ku.2.54. -11 To have carnal intercourse with. -12 To request, implore. -13 To find out, discover. -14 To behave, act. (The meanings of या, like those of गम्, are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. नाशं या to be destroyed; वाच्यतां या to incur blame or censure; लघुतां या to be slighted; प्रकृतिं या to regain one's natural state; निद्रां या to fall asleep; वशं या to submit, go into one's possession; उदयं या to rise; अस्तं या to set, decline; पारं या to reach the other side of, to master, surmount, get over; पदं या to attain to the position of; अग्रे या to go before, take the lead, lead; अधो या to sink; विपर्यासं या to undergo a change, to be changed in appearance; शिरसा महीं या to bend the head down to the ground &c.). -Caus. (यापयति-ते) 1 To cause to go or proceed. -2 To remove, drive away; प्रमदया मदयापितलज्जया R.9.31. -3 To spend, pass (time); तावत् कोकिल विरसान् यापय दिवसान् Bv.1.7; Me.91. -4 To live or spend time with; विनयादिव यापयन्ति ते धृतराष्ट्रात्मजमात्मसिद्धये Ki.2.45. -5 To support, nourish. -6 To give sendoff; स्नेहप्रक्लिन्नहृदयो यापयामास कोशलः Bhāg.1.58.52. -Desid. (यियासति) To wish to go, to be about to go &c. -With अति 1 to go beyond, transgress, violate. -2 to surpass. -अधि to go away or forth; escape; कुतो$ धियास्यसि क्रूर निहतस्तेन पत्रिभिः Bk.8.9.
rasālaḥ रसालः [रसमालाति आ-ला-क ष˚ त˚] 1 The mango tree; भृङ्गा रसालकुसुमानि समाश्रयन्ते Bv.1.1. -2 The olibanum tree. -3 The bread-fruit tree. -4 Wheat. -5 The sugarcane. -6 A kind of mouse. -ला 1 The ton-2 Curds mixed with sugar and spices; रसालाकर्दमा नद्यो बभूवुर्भरत- र्षभ Mb.14.89.4. -3 Dūrvā grass. -4 A vine or grape. -लम् 1 Gum-myrrh. -2 Frankincense -3 A preparation of butter-milk (तक्रविशेष); ह्रदाः पूर्णाः रसालस्य दध्नः श्वेतस्य चापरे Rām.2.91.73. -Com. -वनी f. a mango grove; रसालवन्या मधुपानुविद्धम् N.3.46. -सालः a mango tree; रसालसालः समदृश्यतामुना N.1.89.
lakṣmī लक्ष्मी f. [लक्ष्-इ मुट् च Uṇ.3.158,16] 1 Fortune, prosperity, wealth; सा लक्ष्मीरुपकुरुते यया परेषाम् Ki.8.13; मातर्लक्ष्मि तव प्रसादवशतो दोषा अमी स्युर्गुणाः Subhāṣ; Bh.3. 64; तृणमिव लघुलक्ष्मीर्नैव तान् संरुणद्धि Bh.2.17. -2 Good fortune, good luck. -3 Success, accomplishment; U.4. 1. -4 Beauty, loveliness, grace, charm, splendour; lustre; श्यामं सदापीच्यवयो$ङ्गलक्ष्म्या स्त्रीणां मनोज्ञं रुचिरस्मितेन Bhāg.1.19.28; मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; U.6.24; Māl.9.25; लक्ष्मीमुवाह सकलस्य शशाङ्कमूर्तेः Ki. 2.59;5.39,52;9.2; Ku.3.49. -5 The goddess of fortune, prosperity and beauty, regarded as the wife of Viṣṇu. (She is said to have sprung from the ocean along with the other precious things or 'jewels' when it was churned for nectar by the gods and demons.); इयं गेहे लक्ष्मीः U.1.39; प्रत्यब्दं पूजयेल्लक्ष्मीं शुक्लपक्षे गुरोर्दिने । नापराह्ने न रात्रौ च नासिते न त्र्यहस्पृशि ॥ Skanda P. -6 Royal or sovereign power, dominion; (oft. personified as a wife of the king and regarded as a rival of the queen); तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः साध्वीमपि त्यक्तवतो नृपस्य । वक्षस्यसंवट्टसुखं वसन्ती रेजे सपत्नीरहितेव लक्ष्मीः ॥ R.14.86;12.26. -7 The wife of a hero. -8 A pearl. -9 N. of turmeric. -1 Superhuman power. -11 N. of the eleventh digit of the moon. -Comp. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 the mango tree. -3 a prosperous or fortunate man. -कल्पः a particular period of time. -कान्तः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a king. -गृहम् the red lotus-flower. -तालः 1 a kind of palm. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -नाथः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निकेतनम् the bathing with fragrant myrobalan powder. -निरीक्षित a. favoured by Lakṣmī, rich; लक्ष्मीनिरीक्षिताः क्षिप्रं भजन्ते चक्रवर्तिताम् Bm.1.676. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a king; विहाय लक्ष्मीपतिलक्ष्म कार्मुकम् Ki.1.44. -3 the betel-nut tree. -4 the clove tree. -पुत्रः 1 a horse. -2 N. of Kuśa and Lava. -3 N. of Cupid or Kāma. -4 a wealthy man. -पुष्पः a ruby. -पूजनम् the ceremony of worshipping Lakṣmī (performed by the bridegroom in company with his bride after she has been brought home). -पूजा the worship of Lakṣmī performed on the day of newmoon in the month of Āśvina (chiefly by bankers and traders whose commercial or official year closes on that day). -फलः the Bilva tree. -रमणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वसतिः f. 'Lakṣmī's abode', the red lotus-flower. -वारः Thursday. -विवर्तः change of fortune. -वेष्टः turpentine. -सखः a favourite of Lakṣmī -सनाथ a. endowed with beauty or fortune. -सहजः, -सहोदरः 1 epithets of the moon. -2 camphor. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -समाह्वया N. of Sītā; L. D. B.
vara वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.
vasantaḥ वसन्तः [वस्-झच् Uṇ.3.128] 1 The spring, vernal season (comprising the two months चैत्र and वैशाख); मधुमाधवौ वसन्तः Su&śr.; सर्वं प्रिये चारुतरं वसन्ते Ṛs.6.2; विहरति हरिरिह सरसवसन्ते Gīt.1. -2 Spring personified as a deity and regarded as a companion of Kāmadeva; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27. -3 Dysentery. -4 Smallpox. -5 (In dramas) A nickname for the Vidūṣaka or buffoon. -Comp. -अवतारः the advent or setting in of the spring; वसन्तावतारसमये$स्या उन्मादयितृकं रूपं प्रेक्ष्य Ś.1. -उत्सवः the vernal festival, spring-festivities, formerly held on the full-moon day of Chaitra, but now on the full-moon day of Phālguna, and identified with the Holi festival. -कालः the spring-tide, vernal season. -कुसुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. गोंधणी). -घोषिन् m. a cuckoo. -जा 1 the Vāsantī or Mādhavī creeper. -2 the spring festival; see वसन्तोत्सव. -तिलकः, -कम् the ornament of the spring; फुल्लं वसन्ततिलकं तिलकं वनाल्याः Chand. M.5. (-कः -का -कम्) N. of a metre. -दूतः 1 the cuckoo. -2 the month called Chaitra. -3 the musical mode हिन्दोल. -4 the mango tree. -दूती 1 the trumpet-flower. -2 the female cuckoo. -3 Bignonia Suaveolens (Mar. पाटला). -द्रुः, द्रुमः the mango tree. -पञ्चमी the fifth day in the bright half of Māgha. -बन्धुः, -योधः, -सखः epithets of the god of love.
vah वह् 1 U. (वहति-ते, उवाह, ऊहे, अवाक्षीत्, अवोढ, वक्ष्यति-ते, वोढुम्, ऊढ; pass. उह्यते) 1 To carry, lead, bear, convey, transport (oft. with two acc.); अजां ग्रामं वहति; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś1.1; न च हव्यं वहत्यग्निः Ms.4.249. -2 To bear along, cause to move onward, waft, propel; जलानि या तीरनिखातयुपा वहत्ययोध्यामनु राजधानीम् R.13.61; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गननप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.11.1. -3 To fetch, bring; वहति जलमियम् Mu.1.4. -4 To bear, support, hold up, sustain; न गर्दभा वाजिधुरं वहन्ति Mk.4.17; ताते चापद्वितीये वहति रणधुरां को भयस्यावकाशः Ve.3.5 'when my father is leading the van &c.'; वहति भुवनश्रेणीं शेषः फणाफलकस्थिताम् Bh.2.35; Ś.7.17; Me.17. -5 To carry off; take away; अद्रेः शृङ्गं वहति (v. l. for हरति) पवनः किंस्विद् Me.14. -6 To marry; यद्ढया वारणराजहार्यया Ku.5.7; Ms.3.38. -7 To have, possess, bear; वहसि हि धनहार्यं पण्यभूतं शरीरम् Mk.1.31; वहति विषधरान् पटीरजन्मा Bv.1.74. -8 To assume, exhibit, show; लक्ष्मीमुवाह सकलस्य शशाङ्कमूर्तेः Ki.2.59;9.2. -9 To look to, attend to, take care of; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg.9.22. -1 To suffer, feel, experience; धर्मव्यथां वहति शीतभवां रुजं च Bv.1.94; so दुःखं, हर्षं, शोकं, तोषं &c. -11 (Intransitive in this and the following senses) To be borne or carried on, move or walk on; वहतं बलीवर्दौ वहतम् Mk.6; उत्थाय पुनरवहत् K.; Pt.1.43,291. -12 To flow (as rivers); प्रत्यगूहुर्महानद्यः Mb.; परोपकाराय वहन्ति नद्यः Subhāṣ. -13 To blow (as wind); मन्दं वहति मारुतः Rām.; वहति मलयसमीरे मदनमुपनिधाय Gīt.5. -15 To breathe. -Caus. (वाहयति-ते) 1 To cause to bear or carry, cause to be brought or led. -2 To drive, impel, direct. -3 To traverse, pass or go over; स वाह्यते राजपथः शिवाभिः R.16.12; भवान् वाहयेदध्वशेषम् Me.4. -4 To use, carry; असींश्च वाहयांचक्रुः Bk.14.23. -5 To place in a boat. -6 To proceed, go. -7 To carry out, complete, finish. -8 To go to, visit. -Desid. (विवक्षति-ते) To wish to carry &c.
vibhraṃś विभ्रंश् 1 Ā., 4 P. 1 To drop or fall down. -2 To go to ruin, decay. -3 To fall, stray from, go astray. -4 To lose. -5 To disappear, vanish. -6 To fail. -Caus. 1 To strike off, knock down. -2 To lead astray, seduce. -3 To destroy, ruin, annihilate. -4 To deprive (one) of.
viṣ विष् I. 3 U. (वेवष्टि, वेविष्टे, विष्ट) 1 To surround. -2 To spread through, extend, pervade. -3 To embrace. -4 To accomplish, effect, perform. -5 To eat. -6 To go to, go against, encounter; (not generally used in classical literature). -II. 9 P. (विष्णाति) To separate, disjoin. -III. 1 P. (वेषति) To sprinkle, pour out.
vṛddha वृद्ध a. [वृध्-क्त] (compar. ज्यायस् or वर्षीयस्, superl. ज्येष्ठ or वर्षिष्ठ) 1 Increased, augmented. -2 Full grown, grown up; अतीव वृद्धा बहुला नामृष्यत पुनः प्रजाः Mb.12.256.13. -3 Old, aged, advanced in years; वृद्धास्ते न विचारणीयचरिताः U.5.35. -4 Advanced or grown up (at the end of comp.); cf. वयोवृद्ध, धर्मवृद्ध, ज्ञानवृद्ध, आगमवृद्ध &c. -5 Great, large. -6 Accumulated, heaped. -7 Wise, learned; वृद्धेभ्य एवेह मतिं स्म बाला गृह्णन्ति कालेन भवन्ति वृद्धाः Mb.3.133.1. -8 Eminent in, distinguished by. -द्धः 1 An old man; हैयंगवीनमादाय घोषवृद्धानुपस्थितान् R.1.45;9.78; प्राप्या- वन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. -2 A worthy or venerable man. -3 A sage, saint. -4 A male descendant. -द्धम् 1 Benzoin. -2 (In gram.) A word having a Vṛiddhi vowel in the first syllable, as आ, ऐ and औ. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः f. 1 the thumb. -2 the great toe. -अवस्था old age. -आचारः an ancient or long-standing custom. -उक्षः an old bull. -उपसेविन् a. honouring the aged. -काकः a raven. -गर्भा a. far advanced in pregnancy. -नाभि a. corpulent, pot-bellied. -प्रमातामहः a maternal great-grand-father. -भावः old age. यश्चाफलस्तस्य न वृद्धभावः Mb.3.133.9. -मतम् the precept of ancient sages. -युवतिः 1 a procuress. -2 a midwife; Buddh. -राजः a kind of sorrel. -वयस् a. older in age; वृद्धवयाः प्रत्युत्थेयः ŚB. on MS.6.2.21. -वाहनः the mango tree. -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Indra; वृद्धश्रवाः समभिनन्दति साधु साध्वीम् Mv.7.3. -संघः a council of elders. -संयोगः association with the aged; Kau. A. 1.7. -सूत्रकम् a flock of cotton.
velam वेलम् A garden, grove. -लः The mango tree.
vyavahṛ व्यवहृ 1 P. 1 To deal in any transaction or business. -2 To act, behave, deal with (with loc. or by itself); कथं कार्यविनिमयेन व्यवहरति मय्यनात्मज्ञ M.1; बहिः सर्वाकारप्रगुण- रमणीयं व्यवहरन् Māl.1.14. -3 To go to law, sue (one) in a court of law; अर्थपतिर्व्यवहर्तुमर्थगौरवादभियोक्ष्यते Dk. 2.2. -4 To manage, transact business; सर्वथा व्यवहर्तव्यं कुतो ह्यवचनीयता U.1.5. -5 To regain, recover. -6 To distinguish. -7 To roam, stroll about.
vraj व्रज् I. 1 P. (व्रजत) 1 To go, walk, proceed; नाविनीतै- र्व्रजेद् धुर्यैः Ms.4.67. -2 To go to, approach, visit; मामेकं शरणं व्रज Bg.18.66. -3 To depart, retire, withdraw. -4 To pass away (as time); इयं व्रजति यमिनी त्यज नरेन्द्र निद्रारसम् Vikr.11.74. -5 To attain to, go to the state of. -6 To obtain, gain. -II. 1 U. (व्राजयति-ते) 1 To go. -2 To prepare, decorate. (This root is used much in the same way as गम् or या q. v.)
śaraḥ शरः [शॄ-अच्] 1 An arrow, a shaft; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; शरश्च त्रिविधो ज्ञेयः स्त्री पुमाँश्च नपुंसकः । अग्रस्थूलो भवेन्नारी पश्चात्स्थूलो भवेत् पुमान् । समो नपुंसको ज्ञेयः Dhanur. 62-63. -2 A kind of white reed or grass (Mar. देवनळ, बोरू); कुशकाशशरैः पर्णैः सुपरिच्छादितां तथा Rām.3.15.22; शरकाण्डपाण्डुगण्डस्थला M.3.8; मुखेन सीता शरपाण्डुरेण R.14.26; Śi.11.3. -3 The cream of slightly curdled milk, cream; आपो वा अर्कस्तद्यदपां शर आसीत् सम- हन्यत सा पृथिवी Bṛi. Up.1.2.2. -4 Hurt, injury, wound. -5 The number 'five'; cf. शराग्नि q. v. -6 (In astr.) The versed sine of an arc. -7 Kuśa grass; तथा शरेष्वपि MS.8.3.33 (शरशब्दस्यापि कुशेषु प्रयोगो दृश्यते ŚB. on ibid.); भृशरसं शरसंहितकान्तिके Rām. ch.4.7. -रम् Water. -Comp. -अग्निः the number 'thirtyfive'; शराग्निपरिमाणं च तत्रासौ वसते सुखम् Mb.13.17.26. -अग्ऱ्यः an excellent arrow. -अभ्यासः, -आघातः archery. -असनम्, -आस्यम् an arrowshooter, a bow; शरासनं तेषु विकृष्यतामिदम् Ś.6.28; R.3.52; Ku.3.64. -आक्षेपः flight of arrows. -आरोपः, -आवापः a bow; तान् गृहीतशरावापान् Mb.1.189.13; आवापः also means quiver; चिच्छेद कार्मुकं दीप्तं शरावापं च सत्वरम् Mb. 6.9.61. -आवरः a quiver; शरावरौ शरैः पूर्णौ Rām.3. 64.49. (-रम्) a coat of mail; तच्चाग्निसदृशं दीप्तं रावणस्य शरावरम् Rām.3.51.14. -आवरणम् a shield; शितनिस्त्रिंश- हस्तस्य शरावणधारिणः Mb.6.61.28. -आश्रयः a quiver. -आसः a bow; Bhāg. -आहत a. struck by an arrow. -इषीका an arrow. -इष्टः the mango tree. -उपासनम् archery practice; स्मारी शरोपासनवेदिकेव N.14.54. -ओघः a shower or multitude of arrows. -काण़्डः 1 a reedstalk. -2 a shaft of an arrow. -क्षेपः the range of an arrow-shot. -घातः shooting with arrows, archery. -जम् fresh butter. -जः N. of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा R.3.23. -जालम् a multitude or dense mass of arrows; शरजालावृते व्योम्नि च्छायाभूते समन्ततः Mb.4.59.3. -दुर्दिनम् a shower of arrows; Rām. -धिः a quiver; सहशरधि निजं तथा कार्मुकम् Ki.18.16. -पातः an arrow's flight. ˚स्थानम् a bow shot. -पुङ्खः, -पुङ्खा the feathered end of an arrow. -प्रवेगः a swift arrow. -फलम् the blade or barb of an arrow. -भङ्गः N. of a sage whom Rāma visited in the Daṇḍaka forest; अदः शरण्यं शरभङ्ग- नाम्नस्तपोवनं पावनमाहिताग्नेः R.13.45. -भूः N. of Kārtikeya. -भृष्टिः f. the point of an arrow. -मल्लः a bow-man, an archer. -यन्त्रकम् the string on which the palm-leaves of a manuscript are filed. -वनम् (वणम्) 1 a thicket of reeds; आराध्यैनं शरवणभवं देवमुल्लङ्घिताध्वा Me.47. °reee;उद्भवः, ˚भवः epithets of Kārtikeya. -2 a bed of Kuśa grass; शरवणमेवेदं कुशवनमिति ŚB. on MS.8.3.33. -वर्षः a shower or volley of arrows. -वाणिः 1 the head of an arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a maker of arrows. -4 a foot-soldier. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -व्रातः a mass or multitude of arrows. -संधानम् taking aim with an arrow; शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. -संबाध a. covered with arrows; किमुक्तैः शर- संबाधाम् U.4.28 (v. l.). -स्तम्बः a clump of reeds.
śaraṇam शरणम् [शॄ-ल्युट्] 1 Protection, help, succour, defence; भूत्वा शरण्या शरणार्थमन्यं कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64; V.1.3; U.4.23. -2 Refuge, shelter; तस्याः करिष्यामि दृढानुतापं प्रवालशय्याशरणं शरीरम् Ku.3.8; Pt.2. -3 A place of refuge, resort, asylum (applied to persons also); सुरासुरस्य जगतः शरणम् Ki.18.22; संतप्तानां त्वमसि शरणम् Me.7; शरणं गम्-इ-या &c. 'to go to for protection, take shelter with, to submit to'; यामि हे कमिह शरणं Gīt. 7. -4 A sanctuary, closet, an apartment; अग्निशरणमार्ग- मादेशय Ś.5; अतो$ग्निहोत्रशरणादग्निमाधायात्मानमुद्दीपयामः Nāg. 5; Bhāg.7.12.2. -5 An abode, a house, habitation; शरणमपि समिद्भिः शुष्यमाणाभिराभिः Mu.3.15; Bk.6.9; Ve.5.26. -6 Lair, resting-place. -7 Injuring, killing. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a., -एषिन् a. 1 seeking refuge or protection; इतश्च शरणार्थिनः शिखरिणां गणाः शेरते Bh.2. 76. -2 unfortunate. -आगत, -आपन्न a. gone to for refuge or protection, taking shelter with, fugitive. -आगतिः approach for protection. -आलयः a place of refuge, asylum. -उन्मुख a. looking up to for protection; असौ शरण्यः शरणोन्मुखानाम् R.6.21. -द, -प्रद a. affording protection.
śiva शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā.
śīl शील् I. 1 P. (शीलति) 1 To meditate, contemplate. -2 To serve, honour, worship. -3 To do, practise. -II. 1 U. (शीलयति-ते) 1 To honour, worship; स शीलयन् देव- यानीं कन्यां संप्राप्तयौवनाम् Mb.1.76.25. -2 To practise repeatedly, exercise, study, think of, ponder over; श्रुति- शतमपि भूयः शीलितं भारतं वा Bv.2.35; शीलयन्ति मुनयः सुशील- ताम् Ki.13.43. -3 To put on, wear; चल सखि कुञ्जं सतिमिरपुञ्जं शीलय नीलनिचोलम् Gīt.5. -4 To go to, visit, frequent; यदनुगमनाय निशि गहनमपि शीलितम् Gīt.7; स्मेरानना सपदि शीलय सौधमौलिम् Bv.2.4. With अनु To practise in imitation; एवं लीलानरवपुर्नृलोकमनुशीलयन् Bhāg.1.23.36; 11.3.32. -अनु, -परि to practise repeatedly, cultivate, think of; शश्वच्छ्रुतो$सि मनसा परिशीलितो$पि Rāj. P.
śūrpaḥ शूर्पः र्पम् (शॄ-पः ऊश्च नित् Uṇ.3.26) A winnowing-basket; Ms.5.117. -र्पः A measure of two Droṇas. -Comp. -कर्णः an elephant. -खारी a kind of measure (= 16 द्रोणs). -णखा (for नखा) 'having finger-nails like winnowing-baskets', N. of a sister of Rāvaṇa. [She was attracted by the beauty of Rāma and solicited him to marry her. But he said that as he had already got a wife she had better go to Lakṣmaṇa and try him. But he too rejected her, and back she came to Rāma. This circumstance excited Sītā's laughter, and the revengeful demoness, feeling herself grossly insulted, assumed a hideous form and threatened to eat her up. But Lakṣmaṇa cut off her ears and nose, and thus doubly deformed her; see R.12.32-4.] -वातः wind produced by shaking a winnowing-basket. -श्रुतिः an elephant.
śyāva श्याव a. (-वा or -वी f.) [श्वै-वन् Uṇ.1.141] 1 Dark-brown, dark, dusky; कृष्णश्यावच्छविच्छायः षण्मासान् मृत्यु- लक्षणम् Mb.12.317.13. -2 Bay, brown. -वः The brown colour. -वा Night. -Comp. -तैलः the mango tree. -दत्, -दन्त, -दन्तक a. brown-toothed; तथा सूर्याभि- निर्मुक्तः कुनखी श्यावदन्नपि Mb.12.34.3; प्रेष्यो ग्रामस्य राज्ञश्च कुनखी श्यावदन्तकः Ms.3.153.
śri श्रि 1 U. (श्रयति-ते, शिभ्राय-शिश्रिये, अशिश्रियत्-त, श्रयिष्यति- ते, श्रयितुम्, श्रित; Caus. श्राययति-ते; desid. शिश्रीषति-ते, शिश्र- यिषति-ते) 1 To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for protection; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहु- प्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15; R.3.7;19.1; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विष्रद्रुमम् U.1.46. -2 To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; द्विपेन्द्रभावं कलभः श्रयन्निव R.3.32. -3 To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; नीलः स्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -4 To dwell in, inhabit. -5 To honour, serve, worship. -6 To use, empoly. -7 To devote oneself to, be attached to. -8 To assist, help.
ślīpadam श्लीपदम् Swelled leg, elephantiasis. -Comp. -अपहः removing elephantiasis, the पुत्रजीवी tree, Putrañjiva Roxburghii. -प्रभवः the mango tree.
ṣaṣ षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.
saṃyā संया 2 P. 1 To go or proceed together; यथा प्रयान्ति संयान्ति स्रोतोवेगेन वालुकाः Bhāg.6.15.3. -2 To go away, depart, walk away; गृहीत्वैतानि संयाति वायुर्गन्धानिवाशयात् Bg.15.8. -3 To go to, go or enter into; तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही Bg.2.22. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To assemble, meet. -6 To fight. -7 To be directed towards, aim at.
saṃvṛt संवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn or go towards, approach. -2 To attack, assault (with acc.). -3 To be or become; ते यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1. -4 To happen, take place, occur. -5 To be produced, arise, spring. -6 To be accomplished. -7 To be united, meet together. -8 To fall to the lot of. -9 To be fulfilled (as time); वसाचले$स्मिन् मृगराज- सेविते संवर्तयञ्शत्रुवधे समर्थः Rām.4.27.48. -Caus. 1 To cast, throw. -2 To accomplish, fulfil; पश्येयमिति तस्याश्च कामः संवर्त्यतामयम् Rām.7.46.23. -3 To wrap up, envelop. -4 To crumble up. -5 To destroy, crush.
saṃsṛ संसृ 1 P. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To revolve, turn round. -3 To spread. -4 To move. -5 To go or flow together. -6 To go to, obtain; पापान् संसृत्य संसारान् प्रेष्यतां यान्ति शत्रुषु Ms.12.7. -7 To come forth. -Caus. 1 To spread over, cause to move over. -2 To revolve or turn round; जन्मवृद्धिक्षयैर्नित्यं संसारयति चक्रवत् Ms. 12.124. -3 To put off, defer. -4 To use, employ.
saṃgam संगम् 1 Ā. 1 To come or join together, meet, encounter; अक्षधूर्तैः समगंसि Dk.; एते भगवत्यौ कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A. R.7. -2 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; भार्या च परसंगता Pt.1.238; Ms.8.378. -3 To keep company or intercourse with, associate with. -4 To agree, harmonize, be suitable. -5 To become contracted, shrink up. -6 To die, depart. -7 To go to, attain (with acc.). -Caus. 1 To bring together, join, unite; वधूवरौ संगमयांचकार R.7.2. -2 To endow or present with, unite with, bestow on, give to; प्रियसुहृदि विभीषणे संगमय्य श्रियं वैरिणः R.12.14. -3 To deliver, hand over. -4 To kill.
sac सच् 1 Ā., 3 P. (सचते, सिषक्ति) Ved. 1 To follow, pursue. -2 To go to. -3 To love, like. -4 To be obedient. -5 To honour, serve. -6 To assist, aid. -7 To be associated with.
saceṣṭaḥ सचेष्टः The mango tree. -a. Making efforts, active.
saṃjñā संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term.
sad सद् 1 P. (6 P. also according to some) (सीदति, सन्न; the स् of सद् is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ except प्रति) 1 To sit down, recline, lie, lie down, rest, settle; अमदाः सेदुरेकस्मिन् नितम्बे निखिला गिरेः Bk.7.58. -2 To sink down, plunge into; सीदन्ति च तदा यक्षाः कूला इव जलेन ह Rām.7.14.18; तेन त्वं विदुषां मध्ये पङ्के गौरिव सीदसि H. Pr.24.; where the word has sense 4 also). -3 To live, remain, reside, dwell. -4 To be dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, sink into despondency; दृष्ट्वैव सागरं वीक्ष्य सीदन्तीं कपिवाहिनीम् Rām.7.35.4; नाथ हरे जय नाथ हरे सीदति राधा वासगृहे Gīt. 6. -5 To decay, perish, go to ruin, waste away, be destroyed; विपन्नायां नीतौ सकलमवशं सीदति जगत् H.2.77; तं सन्नशत्रुं ददृशुः स्वयोधाः R.7.64; H.2.13. -6 To be in distress, be pained or afflicted, be helpless; सीदता- मनुभवन्निवार्थिनां वेद यत्प्रणयभङ्गवेदनाम् Ki.13.6; Ms.8.21. -7 To be impeded or hindered; धर्मे सीदति सत्वरः Ms. 9.94. -8 To be languid, be wearied or fatigued, droop, sink; सीदति मे हृदयम् K,; सीदन्ति मम गात्राणि Bg.1.29. -9 To go, -Caus. (सादयति-ते) 1 To cause to sit down, rest. -2 To throw or cast down, place, put. -3 To weary, exhaust. -4 To cause to perish, destroy; बहुसमरनयज्ञः सादयिष्यन्नरातिम्. -Desid. (सिषत्सति) To wish to sit &c.
saṃtṝ संतॄ 1 P. 1 To cross over, traverse, travel over. -2 To swim, float. -3 To get over, overcome, surmount, go to the end of. -4 To reach, attain to. -5 To escape from, be saved.
samatī समती 2 P. 1 To go completely beyond. -2 To go through, cross over. -3 To surpass, excel. -4 To avoid. -5 To pass, elapse.
samāviś समाविश् 6 P. 1 To enter; लङ्कां समाविशद्रात्रौ वदमानो- $रिदुर्गमाम् Bk.8.27. -2 To go to, approach. -3 To be devoted to, be intent on; तांस्तान् धर्मविधींस्तत्र भ्रातरस्ते समाविशन् Rām.7.1.2. -4 To pervade, occupy, fill. -5 To sit down, settle down. -6 To overcome. -Caus. 1 To cause to enter in, insert. -2 To contain, comprise, hold. -3 To place or fix in or upon. -4 To entrust, assign; यस्मिन् कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा Pt.1.85. -5 To conduct, lead into.
samāśri समाश्रि 1 U. 1 To go to for protection, fly for refuge. -2 To suffer, experience, or enjoy; लोके$थवा तनुमृतां निजकर्मपाकं नित्यं समाश्रितवतां सुहितक्रियाणाम् Pt.1.372. -3 To observe, practise, follow. -4 To rest or depend on. -5 To confide in. -6 To attain to, obtain, assume.
samupasthā समुपस्था 1 U. 1 To come near, go to, approach. -2 To attack. -3 To befall, occur. -4 To stand in close contact. -5 To attain, arrive at, resort to; Ś.2.1. समुपस्था samupasthā समुपस्थानम् samupasthānam समुपस्था समुपस्थानम् 1 Approach, approximation. -2 Proximity, nearness. -3 Happening, befalling, occurrence.
samupe समुपे 2 P. 1 To get, obtain. -2 To assemble, meet. -3 To attack, assail. -4 To go to, reach. -5 To fall to the lot of. -6 To undergo, suffer.
same समे 2 P. 1 To come together or meet; समेत्य च व्यपे- याताम् H.4.69. -2 To go through, march across.
saṃpratipad संप्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To deem, consider, regard; न मां परं संप्रतिपत्तुमर्हसि Ku.5.39. -3 To assent to, agree upon, concur in. -4 To admit, acknowledge. -5 To attain to, reach. -6 To obtain, receive. -7 To regain, recover. -8 To perform, accomplish. -Caus. To grant, bestow.
saṃbhū संभू 1 P. 1 To arise, to be born or produced, spring up; कथमपि भुवने$स्मिस्तादृशाः संभवन्ति Māl.2.9; धर्मसंस्थाप- नार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; Ki.5.22; Bk.6.138; Ms. 8.155. -2 To be, become, exist. -3 To happen, occur, take place. -4 To be possible. -5 To be adequate for, be competent for (with inf.); न यन्नियन्तुं समभावि भानुना Śi.1.27. -6 To meet, be united or joined with; संभूया- म्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1; संभूयेव सुखानि चेतसि M&amar;l.5.9.18. -7 To be consistent. -8 To have sexual intercourse with; तां समभवत्ततो मनुष्या अजायन्त Bri. Up.1.4.3; महर्षिः संविदं कृत्वा संबभूव तया सह Mb.1.178.44. -9 To be capable of existing in, be contained in. -1 To attain to. -11 To partake of. -Caus. 1 To produce, effect, make. -2 To imagine, conceive, fancy, think. -3 To guess or conjecture; Ś.2. -4 To consider, regard. -5 To honour, respect, esteem, show respect to; प्राप्तो$सि संभावयितुं वनान्माम् R.5.11;7.8. -6 To honour or present with, treat with; अर्धोपभुक्तेन बिसेन जायां संभावया- मास रथाङ्गनामा Ku.3.37. -7 To ascribe or impute to; पापं कर्म च यत् परैरपि कृतं तत्तस्य संभाव्यते Mk.1.36. -8 To come or go to, approach. -9 To take part in, enjoy; U.4. -1 To greet, salute. -11 To manifest, exhibit. -12 To expect. -Pass. of Caus. To be possible; कथ- मेतद्भवति संभाव्यते Ś.2.
saha सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion.
sahāraḥ सहारः 1 The mango tree. -2 Universal destruction.
sāvitrī सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).
sīdhu सीधु m. [सिध्-उ पृषो˚] Spirit distilled from molasses, rum; स्फुरदधरसीधवे तव वदनचन्द्रमा रोचयति लोचनचकोरम् Gīt. 1; Śi.9.87; R.16.52; ताम्बूलरज्जन्मुखसीधुदानादारक्तबिम्बो$जनि युक्तमेतत् Rām. ch.6.15. -Comp. -गन्धः 1 the Bakula tree. -प a. drinking spirits; P.III.2.8. Vārt.1. -पानम् the drinking of spirits. -पुष्पः 1 the Kadamba tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -रसः the mango tree. -संज्ञः the Bakula tree.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
sṛ सृ 1, 3 P. (सरित, ससर्ति, also धावति; ससार, असार्षीत्, असरत्, सरिष्यति, सर्तुम्, सृत) 1 To go, move, proceed; मृगाः प्रदक्षिणं सस्रुः Bk.14,14. -2 To go towards, approach; निष्पाद्य हरयः सेतुं प्रतीताः सस्रुरर्णवम् Rām. -3 To rush upon, assail; ब्राह्मणार्थे समुत्पन्ने यो$रिभिः सृत्य युध्यति Mb.12.97.1; (तं) ससाराभिमुखः शूरः शार्दूल इव कुञ्जरम् Mb. -4 To run, go fast, slip away from; सरति सहसा बाह्लोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11. -5 To blow (as wind); तं चेद्वायौ सरति सरलस्कन्धसंघट्टजन्मा Me.55. -6 To flow. -7 To cross, traverse. -Caus. (सारयति-ते) 1 To cause to go or move. -2 To extend. -3 To rub, touch gently (with the fingers); तन्त्रीमाद्रां नयनसलिलैः सारयित्वा कथंचित् Me.88. -4 To push back or away, remove; सारयन्तीं गण्डाभोगात् कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93. -5 To put in array, arrange. -6 To show, manifest. Desid. (सिसीर्षति) To wish to go &c.
strī स्त्री [स्त्यायेते शुक्रशोणिते यस्याम्] 1 A woman; श्रुतं दृष्टं स्पृष्टं स्मृतमि नृणां ह्लादजननं न रत्नं स्त्रीभ्यो$न्यत् क्वचिदपि कृतं लोकपतिना । तदर्थं धर्मार्थो विभववरसौख्यानि च ततो गृहे लक्ष्म्यो मान्याः सततमबला मानविभवैः ॥ Subh. Ratn. -2 A female of any animal; गजस्त्री, हरिणस्त्री &c.; स्त्रीणामशिक्षितपटुत्वममानुषीषु Ś.5.22. -3 A wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl.6.18; Me.28. -4 A white ant. -5 The Priyaṅgu plant. -6 The feminine gender, or a word used in that gender; आपः स्त्रीभूम्नि Ak. -Comp. -आगारः, -रम् a harem, the women's apartments. -अध्यक्षः a chamberlain. -अभिगमनम् sexual intercourse. -आजीवः 1 one who lives by his wife. -2 one who lives by keeping women for prostitution; Ms.11.63. -करणम् sexual connection. -कामः 1 desire of intercourse with woman, fondness for women. -2 desire of a wife. -कार्यम् 1 the business of women. -2 attendance on women or women's apartments; वैदेहकानां स्त्रीकार्यं मागधानां वणिक्पथः Ms.1.47. -कितवः a deceiver or seducer of women. -कुमारम् a woman and child. -कुसुमम् menses, the menstrual exeretion in women. -कृतम् sexual connection. -कोशः a dagger. -क्षीरम् mother's milk; आरण्यानां च सर्वेषां मृगाणां माहिषं विना । स्त्रीक्षीरं चैव वर्ज्यानि... Ms.5.9. -ग a. cohabiting with women. -गवी a milch-cow. -गुरुः a female Guru or priestess. -गृहम् = स्त्र्यगार q. v. -ग्राहिन् (in law) accepting the guardianship over a woman. -घोषः dawn, day-break. -घ्नः the murderer of a woman; Ms.9.232. -चरितम्, -त्रम् the doing of women. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark or characteristic of the female sex. -2 the female organ, vulva. -चौरः a seducer of women, libertine. -जननी a woman who brings forth only daughters; Ms.9.81. -जातिः f. woman-kind, female sex. -जितः a hen-pecked husband; स्त्रीजितस्पर्शमात्रेण सर्व पुण्यं विनश्यति Śabdak; मृष्यन्ति ये चोपपतिं स्त्रीजितानां च सर्वशः (तेषामन्नं न भुञ्जति) Ms.4.217. -देहार्धः N. of Śiva. -धनम् a woman's private property over which she exercises independent control; it is of six kinds :-- अध्यग्न्यध्यावहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीति- कर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं ष़ड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥ or according to others :-- पितृमातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपायनम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्; see also अन्वाधेयम्, बन्धुदत्तम्, यौतकम्, सौदायिकम्, शुल्कम्, पारिणाय्यम्, लावण्यार्जितम् and पादवन्दनिकम्. -धर्मः 1 the duty of a woman or wife. -2 the laws concerning women; Ms.1.114. -3 menstruation. -4 copulation. -धर्मिणी a woman in her course; स्त्रीधर्मिणी वेपमाना शोणितेन समुक्षिता । एकवस्त्रा विकृष्टास्मि दुःखिता कुरुसंसदि ॥ Mb.3.12.62. -धवः a man. -ध्वजः 1 the female of any animal. -2 an elephant. -नाथ a. one protected by a woman. -निबन्धनम् a woman's peculiar sphere of action or province; domestic duty, housewifery. -पण्योपजीविन् m. see स्त्र्याजीवः above. -परः a womanlover, lecher, libertine. -पिशाची a fiend-like wife. -पुंस् a woman who had become a man. -पुंसौ m. du. 1 wife and husband. -2 male and female; स्त्रीपुंसावात्मभागौ ते भिन्नमूर्तेः सिसृक्षया Ku.2.7. -पुंसलक्षणा a hermaphrodite. -पुंधर्मः the law regulating the duties of man and wife. -पुरम् the women's apartment. -पुष्पम् the menstrual excretion. -पूर्वः = स्त्रीजितः q. v.; स्त्रीपूर्वाः काण्डपृष्ठाश्च ...... (श्राद्धे नार्हन्ति) Mb.13.23.22. -प्रत्ययः a feminine affix (in gram.) -प्रसंगः (excessive) intercourse with women. -प्रसूः f. a woman who brings forth only daughters; Y.1.73. -प्रिय a. loved by women. (-यः) the mango tree. -बन्धः the sexual union. -बाध्यः one who suffers himself to be troubled by a woman. -बुद्धिः f. 1 the female understanding. -2 the counsel of a woman, female advice; स्त्रीबुद्धिः प्रलयंगता (प्रलयावहा) Subhāṣ. -भोगः sexual intercourse. -मन्त्रः a female stratagem, woman's counsel. -माया women's craft. -मुखपः the Aśoka tree. -यन्त्रम् a machine-like woman, machine in the form of a woman; स्त्रीयन्त्रं केन लोके विषममृ- तमयं धर्मनाशाय सृष्टम् Pt.1.191. -रजस् menstruation. -रञ्जनम् betel. -रत्नम् 1 an excellent woman; स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममोर्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.25. -2 N. of Lakṣmī. -राज्यम् the kingdom of women. -लम्पट a. desirous of women. -लिङ्गम् 1 the feminine gender (in gram.) -2 any mark of the female sex (as breast &c.). -3 the female organ. -लौल्यम् fondness for women. -वशः submissiveness to a wife, subjection to women. -वासः an ant-hill. -विधेय a. governed by a wife, uxorious; संनिवेश्य सचिवेष्वतःपरं स्त्रीविधेयनवयौवनो$भवत् R.19.4. -विवाहः contracting marriage with a woman; अष्टाविमान् समानेन स्त्रीविवाहान्निबोधत Ms.3.2. -विषयः sexual connection. -व्रणः the female organ. -शौण्ड a. fond of women. -संसर्गः female company. -संस्थान a. having a female shape; स्त्रीसंस्थानं चाप्यरस्तीर्थमारादुत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं तिरो$भूत् Ś.5.3. -संगः attachment to women, or intercourse with women. -संग्रहणम् 1 the act of embracing a woman (improperly). -2 adultery, seduction. -सभम् an assembly of women. -संबन्धः 1 matrimonial alliance with a woman. -2 connection by marriage. -3 relation to women. -सेवा Devotion or addiction to women. -स्वभावः 1 the nature of women. -2 a eunuch. -हत्या the murder of a woman. -हन्तृ the murderer of a woman; स्त्रीहन्तॄंश्च न संवसेत् Ms.11.19. -हरणम् 1 the forcible abduction of women. -2 rape. -हारिन् m. a ravisher or seducer (of women). स्त्रीतमा strītamā स्त्रीतरा strītarā स्त्रीतमा स्त्रीतरा A thorough woman, more thoroughly a woman; P.VI.3.44.
sthā स्था 1 P. (Ātm. also in certain senses; तिष्ठति- ते, तस्थौ, तस्थे, अस्थात्-अस्थित, स्थास्यति-ते, स्थातुं, स्थित; pass. स्थीयते; the स् of this root is changed to ष् after a pre position ending in इ or उ) 1 To stand; अयं स ते तिष्ठति संगमोत्सुकः Ś.3.13; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Subhāṣ -2 To stay, abide, dwell, live; ग्रामे or गृहे तिष्ठति -3 To remain, be left; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति. Ms.4.111; एको गङ्गदत्तस्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -2 To delay, wait; किमिति स्थीयते Ś.2. -5 To stop, cease, desist, stand still; तिष्ठत्येष क्षणमधिपतिर्ज्योतिषां व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -6 To be kept aside; तिष्ठतु तावत् पत्रलेखागमनवृत्तान्तः K. 'never mind the account of' &c. -7 To be, exist, be in any state or position; often with participles; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वं Ś.1.1; कालं नयमाना तिष्ठति Pt.1; Ms.7.8. -8 To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); शासने तिष्ठ भर्तुः V.5. 17. R.11.65. -9 To be restrained; यदि ते तु न तिष्ठेयुरुपायैः प्रथमैस्त्रिभिः Ms.7.18. -1 To be at hand, be obtainable; न विप्रं स्वेषु तिष्ठत्सु मृतं शूद्रेण नाययेत् Ms.5.14. -11 To live, breathe; आः क एष मयि स्थिते चन्द्रगुप्तमभिभवितु- मिच्छति Mu.1. -12 To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे शत्रुसंकटे (राष्ट्रविप्लवे) । राज- द्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः ॥ H.1.71 (v. l.). -13 To rest or depend on; जहातु नैनं कथमर्थसिद्धिः संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -14 To do, perform, occupy oneself with; न तिष्ठति तु यः पूर्वां नोपास्ते यश्च पश्चिमाम् Ms.2.13. -15 (Ātm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guided by the advice of; संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -16 (Ātm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); गोपी स्मरात् कृष्णाय तिष्ठते Sk. on P.I.4.34. -Caus. (स्थापयति-ते) 1 To cause to stand. -2 To lay, set, place, put. -3 To found, establish. -4 To stop. -5 To arrest, check. -6 To raise, erect. -7 To cause to last or continue, make durable. -8 To give in marriage; लोकश्रेष्ठे गुणवति वरे स्थापिता त्वं मयैव Māl.1.5. -9 To instruct in, initiate into. -Desid. (तिष्ठासति) To wish to stand &c.
spṛś स्पृश् 6 P. (स्पृशति, पस्पर्श, अस्पृक्षत्-अस्पार्क्षीत्-अस्प्राक्षीत्, स्प्रक्ष्यति-स्पर्क्ष्यति, स्पर्ष्टु-स्प्रष्टुम्, स्पृष्ट) 1 To touch; स्पृशन्नपि गजो हन्ति H.3.14; कर्णे परं स्पृशति हन्ति परं समूलम् Pt.1.34. -2 To lay the hand on, stroke gently with, touch; हस्तेन पस्पर्श तदङ्गमिन्द्रः Ku.3.22. -3 To adhere or cling to, come in contact with. -4 To wash or sprinkle with water; खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिरात्मानं शिर एव च Ms. 2.6. -5 To go to, reach; अस्यापि द्यां स्पृशति वशिनश्चारणद्वन्द्वगीतः Ś.2 15; R.3.43. -6 To attain to, obtain, reach a particular state; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32; विनाप्यर्थैर्वीरः स्पृशति बहुमानोन्नतिपदम् H.1.175. -7 To act upon, influence, affect, move, touch; नन्दस्नेहगुणाः स्पृशन्ति हृदयं भृत्यो$स्मि तद्विद्विषाम् Mu.7.16; Ku.6.95. -8 To refer or allude to. -9 To take, receive, accept (as a sacrificial offering). -1 To injure, harm. -11 To come into contact (in astr.). -12 To equal with. -Pass. To be polluted, defiled, or tainted; मया गृहीतनामानः स्पृश्यन् इव पाप्मना U.1.48. -Caus. (स्पर्शयति-ते) 1 To cause to touch. -2 To give, present; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49.
sphur स्फुर् 6 P. (स्फुरति, स्फुरित) 1 (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फल- मिहास्य Ś.1.16; स्फुरता वामकेनापि दाक्षिण्यमवलम्ब्यते Māl. 1.8; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; स्फुरति हृदयं वाहय रथम् Pratimā 3.1. (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; 6.33. -2 To twitch, struggle, become agitated; हतं पृथिव्यां करुणं स्फुरन्तम् Rām. -3 To start, dart, spring forward; पुस्फुरुर्वृषभाः परम् Bk.14.46. -4 To spring back, rebound (as a bow.). -5 To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; धर्मतः स्फुरति निर्मलं यशः Ku.3.68. -6 To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; मुखात् स्फुरन्तीं को हर्तुमिच्छति हरेः परिभूय दंष्ट्राम् Mu.1.8; रचितरुचिरभूषां दृष्टिमोषे प्रदोषे स्फुरति निरवसादां कापि राधां जगाद Gīt.11. -7 To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1; (तया) स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; R.3.6;5.51; Me.15,27. -8 To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -9 To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. -1 To go tremulously. -11 To bruise, destroy. -Caus. (स्फारयति-ते, स्फोरयति-ते) 1 To cause to throb or vibrate. -2 To cause to shine, irradiate. -3 To throw, cast. -With अप to shine forth or out. अभि 1 to spread or be diffused, expand. -2 to become known.
srasta स्रस्त p. p. [स्रंस्-क्त] 1 Fallen or dropped down, slipped off, fallen off; स्रस्तं शरं चापमपि स्वहस्तात् Ku.3.51; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Ki.5.33; Me. 65. -2 Drooping, hanging loosely down; विषादस्रस्तसर्वाङ्गी Mk.4.8; स्रस्तांसावतिमात्रलोहिततलौ बाहू घटोत्क्षेपणात् Ś.1.29. -3 Loosed. -4 Let go, relaxed. -5 Pendulous, hanging down. -6 Separated. -Comp. -अङ्ग, -गात्र a. 1 having the limbs relaxed. -2 swooning, fainting. -अपान a. having prolapsus ani. -हस्त a. letting go the hold.
svap स्वप् 2 P. (स्वपिति, सुप्तः; pass. सुप्यते; desid. सुषुप्सति) (rarely 1 U. स्वपति-ते) 1 To sleep, fall asleep, go to sleep; असञ्जातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; इतः स्वपिति केशवः Bh.2.76. -2 To recline, repose, lie down, rest. -3 To be absorbed in; स्वापं वाञ्छसि चेन्निरर्गलसुखे चेतः सखे सुप्यताम् Bv.4.19. -Caus. (स्वापयति-ते) To cause to sleep, rock to sleep. -With अव, नि, प्र, or सम् to sleep, lie down; प्रसुप्तलक्षणः Māl.7; वीज्यते स हि संसुप्तः Ku.2. 42; तत् प्रसुप्तभुजगेन्द्रभीषणं वीक्ष्य दाशरथिंराददे धनुः R.11.44.
hariścandraḥ हरिश्चन्द्रः N. of a king of the solar dynasty. [He was the son of Triśaṅku and was famous for his liberality, probity, and unflinching adherence to truth. On one occasion his family-priest Vasiṣṭha commended his qualities in the presence of Viśvāmitra, who refused to believe them. A quarrel thereupon ensued, and it was at last decided that Viśvāmitra should himself test the king. The sage accordingly subjected him to the most crucial test with a view to see if he could not be but once made to swerve from his plighted word. The king, however, stood the test with exemplary courage, adhering to his word though he had to forego the kingdom, to sell off his wife and son, and at last, even his own self to a low-caste man, and-as the last test, as it were, of his truthfulness and courage--to be even ready to put his own wife to death as a witch! Viśāmitra thereupon acknowledged himself vanquished, and the worthy king was elevated along with his subjects to heaven.]
Macdonell Vedic Search
4 results
aniviśamāna á-niviśamāna, pr. pt. A. unresting, vii. 49, 1 [ni + viś go to rest].
i I go, II. P. émi, x. 34, 5; éti, iv. 50, 8; x. 34, 6; 168, 12; yánti, vii. 49, 1; approach (acc.), viii. 48, 10; áyan, pr. sb. pass, vii. 61, 4; attain, vii. 63, 4; pf. īyúr, x. 15, 1. 2. ánu- go after, vi. 54, 5; follow (acc.), viii. 63, 5.ápa- go away, x. 14, 9. abhí- come upon. ipf. á̄yan, vii. 103, 2.áva- appease: op. iyām, vii. 86, 4. á̄- come, ii. 33, 1; v. 83, 6; go to, x. 14, 8. úpa á̄- come to (acc.), i. 1, 7. úd- rise, vii. 61, 1; 63, 1-4; ipf. ait, x. 90, 4. úpa- approach, vii. 86, 3; 103, 3; x. 14, 10; 34, 10; flow to, ii. 35, 3.párā- pass away, pf. īyúr, x. 14, 2. 7. pári- surround, ii. 35, 4. 9. prá- go forth, i. 154, 3; x. 14, 7. ánu prá- go forth after, vi. 54, 6. sám- flow together, ii. 35, 3; unite, vii, 103, 2.
gam gam go, I. gáchati, -te to (acc.), i. 1, 4; x. 14, 13; root ao. 3. pl. ágman, vii. 71, 6; 1. pl. áganma, viii. 48, 3. 11 [Gk. βαίνω, Lat. venio, Eng. come]. á̄- come, i. 1, 5; 85, 11; root ao. ipv. gahí, vi. 54, 7; x. 14, 5; 2. pl. gatá, x. 15, 4; 3. gámantu, x. 15, 52. 11; go to (acc.), x. 168, 2. sám- go with (inst.), a ao. op., vi. 54, 2; unite with (inst.), x. 14, 8.
viś viś enter, VI. viśá. á̄- enter, iv. 50, 10; viii. 48, 12. 15. ní- come home, go to rest, x. 34, 14; 168, 3; s ao., avikṣmahí, x. 127, 4; cs. veśáya cause to rest, i. 35, 2.
Macdonell Search
22 results
apratikāra a. irremediable; -kârya, fp. id.; -kûla, a. not resisting (g.); ready for (lc.); obedient; -krita, pp. against which nothing has been done; -gata, pp. whom one cannot go to meet; -grâhya,fp. that may not be accepted.
asta n. home, abode; setting; my thical western mountain behind which sun and moon set: -m, ad. home, with verbs of going= set (stars, sun, moon); go to rest; die.
upajigamiṣu des. a. intend ing to go to (ac.).
ṛta pp. fitting, right; upright, honest; true; n. established order; sacred ordinance, pious work, sacrifice, rite; divine law; truth, right: -m, ad. rightly, properly: w. i, go the right way (also fig.); w. vad,promise; in. ad. duly; justly; truly; indeed; -g&asharp;ta, pp. duly produced; sacred: -gñ&asharp;, a. knowing the divine law, pious; -dyumna, a. delighting in truth; -ní, a. guiding rightly; -p&asharp;, a. maintaining the divine law; (á)-pragâta, pp. =rita-gâta.
khaṇḍaśas ad. in pieces: with kri, break in pieces; with gam, bhû, or yâ, go to pieces.
cautapallava a. (î) peculiar to a mango twig.
tīraya den. P. go through with, settle.
dalaśas ad. in pieces: with yâ, go to pieces.
div m. f. (nm. dyaús; middle base dyú) heaven; m. radiance, brilliance; day; -am gam or yâ, go to heaven; die; dyúbhih, for days, for a long time.
namuci m. [not letting go the waters], N. of a demon subdued by Indra: -dvish, m. ep. of Indra.
pātāla (m.) n. under-world (con ceived as a subterranean cavity or city in habited by serpents or demons); one of the seven hells; -ketu, m. N. of a prince of the Daityas; -tala, n. bottom of hell: -myâtu, let it go to hell.
pralaghu a. very small or insignificant (retinue): -tâ, f. excessive smallness; -lap ana, n. prattling, chattering; -lapita, pp. √ lap; n. prattle, chatter; lament; -lab dhavya, fp. to be made sport of, to be de ceived; -lamba, a. hanging down, pendulous; stooping; m. N. of a Daitya slain by Bala deva or Krishna: -tâ, f. pendulousness, -bâhu, a. having pendulous arms, -bhuga, a. id.; -lambin, a. pendulous; -lambha, m.obtainment; deception; -lambhana, n. taking in, deceiving; -laya, m. dissolution, destruction, death; annihilation or end of the world; setting (of stars); cause of dissolu tion; swoon: -ghana, m. cloud producing the dissolution of the world, -m-kara, a. (î) causing destruction, -tâ, f. dissolution: -m gam, be annihilated, -tva, n. id.: â-ya klip, go to ruin, -dahana, m. conflagration causing the destruction of the world, -½anta-ga, a.perishing only at the end of the world (sun).
manas n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring).
mākanda m. mango tree: î, f. N. of a town on the Ganges; i-kâ, f. id.
mārga a. [fr. mriga] belonging to game or deer (flesh etc.); m. (track of wild animals), path, road, way, course (also fig. of the stars and the wind); way to (lc. or --°ree;), -through (--°ree;); right road; right way, pro per course; journey; passage or channel (in the body); way, expedient, means to (g. or --°ree;); way, manner, mode, method; correct usage, old custom; title (of law); way of writing, style, diction; refined (opp. vulgar) dance, pantomime; refined song; the month Mârgasîrsha (November--December); n. flesh of wild animals, game: mârgam dâ or yam, make way for (g.), allow to pass; in. mârg ena, by way of (e.g. the door)=through, across, or along (--°ree;); by means of (--°ree;):--yâ, go the way of=suffer the same fate as (--°ree;); mârgaih, through (--°ree;); d. mârgâya, to make way for any one (g.); lc. mârge, on the way: -pra-kal,start on one's way; niga-mârge gam, go on one's way.
muni m. inspired or ecstatic man (V.); sage, seer, ascetic, hermit, sp. one who has taken the vow of silence (C., rarely in Br.); seer in the heart=conscience: pl. the seven sages (=the seven Rishis) orstars of the Great Bear; sg. N.; N. of the mango tree, Arte misia indica, Butea frondosa, Buchanania latifolia, and Agati grandiflora.
yukta pp. (√ yug) yoked, to (lc.), with (in.); employed, occupied, engaged in, devoted to, intent on (lc. or --°ree;); applied; equipped, prepared, for (d., --°ree;); busied or occupied with (in.); absorbed in (lc.); con centrated, intent, attentive (cpv. -tara, very much on one's guard against: lc.; spv. -tama, supremely concentrated or intent); skilled, experienced, in (lc.); joined, united, combined, following in regular succession; furnished or endowed with, accompanied by, possessed of (in., --°ree;); being in conjunc tion with a constellation (in.); making use of (an opportunity, kâlena); come into connexion with (in.); connected with, re lating to (--°ree;); bound to, dependent on (--°ree;); fit, proper, becoming, for (g., lc.); right, cor rect; suitable to (--°ree;); auspicious, favourable (fate, moment); prosperous, thriving; faring or acting (thus, tathâ); primitive (opp. de rivative: gr.): °ree;-or -m, suitably, properly, duly, rightly; yuktam yad, it is suitable that --; na yuktam anayos tatra gantum, it is not suitable for them to go there; na yuktam bhavatâ, it is not seemly for you to (inf.); n. yoke, team; connexion, combina tion; fitness: in. yukténa, suitably; con formably to (reason, --°ree;).
lokācāra m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people.
vijigīṣā f. desire to overcome or conquer (ac., d., --°ree;); -gigîshu, des. a. de siring to vanquish (also in argument: ac., --°ree;); ambitious of conquest: -tâ, f., -tva, n. desire of conquest;-gighâmsu, des. a. wishing to slay or destroy; -gighrikshu, des. a. wish ing to go to war; -gigñ&asharp;sâ, f. desire to learn or know, inquiry, about (--°ree;); -gigñ&asharp;s-ya (or yã), des. fp. that one should wish to know or learn; (ví)-gita, pp. √ gi; m. or n. con quered country (V.); country (Br.); n. vic tory, conquest (Br., S.): -½asu, m. N. of a sage; (ví)-giti, f. conflict, fight (V.); gain or acquisition of (--°ree;); -git-in, a.victorious (Br.); -gita½indriya, a. controlling one's organs of sense; -gitvara, a. victorious; -gihîrshu, des. a. wishing to walk about; wishing to enjoy oneself; -gihma, a. crooked, curved, frowning (face); sidelong(glance); -gîvita, a. lifeless, dead; -grimbha, m. knit ting of the brows (--°ree;): -ka, m. N. of a fairy, i-kâ, f. gasping; yawning; -grimbhana, n. yawning, blossoming, blowing; extension; -grimbhita, pp. √ grimbh; n.yawning; manifestation, consequences; deed (--°ree; with vîra-); -getavya, fp. to be conquered or con trolled (senses); -getri, m. vanquisher, con queror; -geya, fp. to be conquered (only in a-).
śaraṇa a. [√ 3. sri] protecting, guarding (V., E.); m. (C.) N. of a poet; n. shelter, hut, habitation (V., C.); protection, refuge (C.): --°ree;, refuge with or for: -m gam, i, yâ, etc. go to (ac.) for protection, seek refuge with (ac., rarely g.).
smara a. [√ smri] remembering (--°ree;, rare); m. recollection, memory; love; god of love; expounder of the Veda (rare); -ana, n. remembering, recollection, of (g., --°ree;); memory (rare); teaching (rare): -padavî, f. path of memory: -m gamitah, caused to go the way of memory=dead.
smṛti f. remembrance, recollection, of (lc., --°ree;); memory; authoritative tradition (exclusive of sruti or Vedicwritings), canonical traditional law-book, code, statement of a law-book: smritim api na te yânti, they are not even remembered: -kârin, a. awaken ing memory, producing recollection; -tantra, n. law-book; -da, a. strengthening the memory; -patha, m. path of memory: -m gâ, go the way of memory, perish; -pâthaka, m. one learned in the law; -bhû, m. god of love; -bhramsa, m. loss of memory; -mat, a. hav ing recollection; possessing full conscious ness; having a good memory; versed in law; -rodha, m. failure of memory; -vartman, n. path of memory: ac. w. i, be remembered; -vibhrama, m. derangement of memory; -vishaya, m. range of memory: -tâm ga mita, dead; -sâstra, n. law-book; -sîla, n. du. tradition and usage;-sesha, a. surviving in memory only, destroyed: -m kri, destroy.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"go t" has 3 results
jhita term, meaning 'having झ् as इत्' used by the Varttikakra in connection with those words in the rules of Panini which themselves as well as words referring to their special kinds, are liable to undergo the prescribed operation; confer, compare झित् तस्य च तद्विशेषाणां च मत्स्याद्यर्थम्। पक्षिमत्स्यमृगान् हन्ति। मात्त्प्यिक;। तद्विशेषाणाम्। शाफरिकः शाकुलिकः । M.Bh.on P.I. 1. 68 Vart. 8.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
samāveśaplacing together at one place, simultaneous application,generally with a view that the two or more things so placed, should always go together although in a few instances they may not go together: confer, compare तदधीते तद्वेद । नैतयोरावश्यकः समावेशः । भवतेि हि कश्चित्सं पाठं पठति न च वेत्ति | कश्चिच्च वेत्ति न च सं पाठं पठति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.59;confer, compare also व्याकरणेपि कर्तव्यं हर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययकृत्कृत्यसंज्ञानां समावेशो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4.1.
Vedabase Search
137 results
āise go thereCC Madhya 1.255-256
arccha go thereSB 9.4.4-5
gaccha go toMM 20
ghare yāha go to your placeCC Antya 6.169
ghare yāha go to your placeCC Antya 6.169
śaraṇam yāhi go to take shelterSB 9.4.57-59
śaraṇam yāhi go to take shelterSB 9.4.57-59
upadhāva go take shelterSB 9.14.42
vṛndāvane yāha go to VṛndāvanaCC Adi 5.195
vṛndāvane yāha go to VṛndāvanaCC Adi 5.195
yāha gauḍa-deśe go to Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal)CC Madhya 15.42
yāha gauḍa-deśe go to Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal)CC Madhya 15.42
yāha gauḍa-deśe go to Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal)CC Madhya 15.42
yāha ghara go to your homesCC Antya 3.207
yāha ghara go to your homesCC Antya 3.207
yāha vṛndāvane go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.120
yāha vṛndāvane go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.120
yāha' vṛndāvana go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.182
yāha' vṛndāvana go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.182
CC Madhya 25.198
yāha' vṛndāvana go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.198
na abhimanyate does not go to attackSB 4.24.56
nārańga-cholańga-āmra-vṛkṣera ākāra sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of orange, lemon and mango treesCC Madhya 14.32
yāmu ālālanātha I shall go to ĀlālanāthaCC Antya 9.60
āmra O mango treeSB 10.30.9
nārańga-cholańga-āmra-vṛkṣera ākāra sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of orange, lemon and mango treesCC Madhya 14.32
āmra-vṛkṣāḥ mango treesCC Madhya 24.299
āmra O mango treeCC Antya 15.32
āmra O mango treeCC Antya 15.35
āmra-āṭhā the sap of the mango treeCC Antya 19.40
āmra-āṭhā the sap of the mango treeCC Antya 19.40
atiyātaḥ difficult to go throughSB 1.6.13
naraka-bhāgbhiḥ by persons who are destined to go to a hellish condition of lifeCC Madhya 25.38
calaha nadīyā you had better go to Nadia (Navadvīpa)CC Antya 3.21
nārańga-cholańga-āmra-vṛkṣera ākāra sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of orange, lemon and mango treesCC Madhya 14.32
citta-yuktam along with consciousness (implying not only conditioned consciousness together with the object of that consciousness and the presiding Deity Vāsudeva, but also the mind together with the object of thought and the moon-god Candra, intelligence with the object of intelligence and Lord Brahmā, and false ego together with the identification of false ego and Lord Rudra)SB 11.22.32
cūta-potaiḥ by young mango treesSB 3.21.42-43
cūta of a mango treeSB 10.21.8
cūta O cūta tree (a kind of mango tree)CC Antya 15.32
devacūta-śirasaḥ from the top of a mango tree named DevacūtaSB 5.16.16
gańgā-tīra yāite to go to the bank of the GangesCC Madhya 16.190
gauḍe yāba I shall go to BengalCC Madhya 9.170
mathurā gele when you go to MathurāCC Antya 13.36
habe will go toCC Adi 8.10
kalpaḥ a person who is competent to undergo the austerities of sannyāsa, the renounced order of life, or to prosecute studies in transcendental knowledgeSB 7.13.1
mat-loka-kāmaḥ desiring to go to My abodeSB 5.5.15
urvaśī-loka-kāmyayā desiring to go to the planet where Urvaśī was presentSB 9.14.43
karma-nibandha the obligation to suffer or undergo tribulations as a result of fruitive activitiesSB 6.2.46
mat-loka-kāmaḥ desiring to go to My abodeSB 5.5.15
urvaśī-loka-kāmyayā desiring to go to the planet where Urvaśī was presentSB 9.14.43
yāi mahāvana let us go to MahāvanaCC Madhya 18.156
makkāke yāiba shall go to MeccaCC Madhya 20.13
mat-loka-kāmaḥ desiring to go to My abodeSB 5.5.15
mathurā yāite to go to MathurāCC Antya 13.22
mathurā yāibā you would go to MathurāCC Antya 13.23
mathurā gele when you go to MathurāCC Antya 13.36
na abhimanyate does not go to attackSB 4.24.56
calaha nadīyā you had better go to Nadia (Navadvīpa)CC Antya 3.21
naraka-bhāgbhiḥ by persons who are destined to go to a hellish condition of lifeCC Madhya 25.38
nārańga-cholańga-āmra-vṛkṣera ākāra sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of orange, lemon and mango treesCC Madhya 14.32
karma-nibandha the obligation to suffer or undergo tribulations as a result of fruitive activitiesSB 6.2.46
niḥśreyasāya a great personality has no reason to go to the gṛhastha but to benefit himSB 10.8.4
nīlācala yāite to go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī)CC Madhya 10.90
nīlācala yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 25.180
nīlācala yāite to go to Jagannātha Purī, NīlācalaCC Antya 10.3
nīlācale yāba I shall go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī)CC Madhya 1.231
nīlācale yābe tumi You will go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 3.194
nīlācale yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 9.331
nīlādri yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 16.228
pallava new leaves of mango treesSB 4.21.3
pallava of the leaves of mango treesSB 10.5.6
cūta-potaiḥ by young mango treesSB 3.21.42-43
tat-prabhāveṇa by the influence of their husband (although they were unfit, by the influence of their husband they also could go to the spiritual world)SB 9.6.55
pratyaṣedhata forbade to go thereSB 9.7.17
samabhyasat undergo the studiesSB 1.7.9
saṃyāsyati will go togetherSB 11.14.46
devacūta-śirasaḥ from the top of a mango tree named DevacūtaSB 5.16.16
tāhāń uttaribā you should go thereCC Madhya 16.112
tāhāń yāite to go thereCC Madhya 16.191
tāhāń yāba I shall go thereCC Antya 4.144
tāhāńi yāiba I shall go thereCC Madhya 18.154
tat-prabhāveṇa by the influence of their husband (although they were unfit, by the influence of their husband they also could go to the spiritual world)SB 9.6.55
gańgā-tīra yāite to go to the bank of the GangesCC Madhya 16.190
nīlācale yābe tumi You will go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 3.194
urvaśī-loka-kāmyayā desiring to go to the planet where Urvaśī was presentSB 9.14.43
tāhāń uttaribā you should go thereCC Madhya 16.112
vrajema must go toSB 3.5.42
āmra-vṛkṣāḥ mango treesCC Madhya 24.299
nārańga-cholańga-āmra-vṛkṣera ākāra sweetmeats in the shape of varieties of orange, lemon and mango treesCC Madhya 14.32
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 1.148
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.85
yāite vṛndāvana to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.88
vṛndāvana yāba shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.248
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.249
vṛndāvana yāba shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.256
vṛndāvana yāba I should go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.274
vṛndāvana yāha' You go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.281
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 4.156
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.21
yāite vṛndāvana to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.24
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.27
yāba vṛndāvane I shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.7
yāite vṛndāvane to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.30
nīlācale yāba I shall go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī)CC Madhya 1.231
gauḍe yāba I shall go to BengalCC Madhya 9.170
yāba vṛndāvane I shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.7
vṛndāvana yāba shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.248
vṛndāvana yāba shall go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.256
vṛndāvana yāba I should go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.274
tāhāń yāba I shall go thereCC Antya 4.144
nīlācale yābe tumi You will go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 3.194
vṛndāvana yāha' You go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.281
yāi mahāvana let us go to MahāvanaCC Madhya 18.156
tāhāńi yāiba I shall go thereCC Madhya 18.154
makkāke yāiba shall go to MeccaCC Madhya 20.13
mathurā yāibā you would go to MathurāCC Antya 13.23
yāibeka will go toCC Madhya 5.39
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 1.148
nīlācale yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 9.331
nīlācala yāite to go to Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī)CC Madhya 10.90
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.85
yāite vṛndāvana to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.88
gańgā-tīra yāite to go to the bank of the GangesCC Madhya 16.190
tāhāń yāite to go thereCC Madhya 16.191
nīlādri yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 16.228
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 16.249
nīlācala yāite to go to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 25.180
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 4.156
nīlācala yāite to go to Jagannātha Purī, NīlācalaCC Antya 10.3
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.21
mathurā yāite to go to MathurāCC Antya 13.22
yāite vṛndāvana to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.24
vṛndāvana yāite to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.27
yāite vṛndāvane to go to VṛndāvanaCC Antya 13.30
yāmu ālālanātha I shall go to ĀlālanāthaCC Antya 9.60
yānti will go toSB 6.2.3
citta-yuktam along with consciousness (implying not only conditioned consciousness together with the object of that consciousness and the presiding Deity Vāsudeva, but also the mind together with the object of thought and the moon-god Candra, intelligence with the object of intelligence and Lord Brahmā, and false ego together with the identification of false ego and Lord Rudra)SB 11.22.32


1. curds mixed with sugar and spices; 2. mango tree; 3. sugar cane; 4. kind of grass.

Parse Time: 2.461s Search Word: go t Input Encoding: IAST: go t